Case 580N EP Tier 4B (final) Tractor Loader Backhoe Operator's Manual 48095137 - PDF DOWNLOAD

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS

580N EP Tier 4B (final) Tractor Loader Backhoe PIN NHC740227 and above

OPERATOR’S MANUAL

Part number 48095137 1st edition English September 2017

Contents 1 GENERAL INFORMATION Note to the owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Intended use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Read the operator's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Operator's manual storage on the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Machine orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Component Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Emissions overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

2 SAFETY INFORMATION Safety rules and signal word definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Safety rules - California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Safety rules - Utility precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Safety rules - Fuel handling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 Safety rules - Specific precautions to this machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Support strut for loader lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Safety rules - Ductile iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Hand signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

3 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM Machine access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

OPERATOR'S SEAT Operator seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

FORWARD CONTROLS Front console - Left-hand switch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 Front console - Right-hand switch panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Gear selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Pedal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS Loader functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Console controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cab windshield and windows - Open/Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-14 3-18 3-21 3-24

REARWARD CONTROLS Console controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Backhoe controls - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Backhoe controls - Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40

OVERHEAD CONTROLS Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 Radio (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

DISPLAY Advanced Instrument Cluster (AIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 Menu screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52

4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS COMMISSIONING THE UNIT Run in period of a new machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

STARTING THE UNIT Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Normal engine starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cold temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hot temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Booster battery procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-2 4-3 4-4 4-6 4-7

STOPPING THE UNIT Shutting down the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

MOVING THE UNIT Uniform braking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Machine direction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Transmission gears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 Before operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Traveling on a hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Differential lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Ride Control™ - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) – Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS SHIPPING TRANSPORT Transporting on a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

RECOVERY TRANSPORT Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

6 WORKING OPERATIONS GENERAL INFORMATION Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Maximum throttle/Cold start idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Throttle sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Oil life reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

LOADER OPERATIONS Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Job layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Comfort Steer™ (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Detent position for 4-in-1 bucket control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader digging force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bucket level, position, and depth indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Return to dig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lifting with the loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changing loader attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-17 6-18 6-21 6-23 6-23

BACKHOE OPERATIONS Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Backhoe danger area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Extendahoe® lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stabilizer pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Backhoe stowed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before operating the backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Filling the backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Moving the machine while digging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lifting with the backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changing backhoe attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-26 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-32 6-34 6-36 6-37 6-38 6-40

7 MAINTENANCE GENERAL INFORMATION Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 General safety before you service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Engine hourmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Support strut for loader lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Hood latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Welding on the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Battery access and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General specification - Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General specification - Biodiesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuse, relay, and diode icon definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diagnostic/Service tool port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic diagnostic test ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

STC® connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heater coolant shutoff valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-15 7-16 7-17 7-19 7-20 7-22 7-27 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-38

MAINTENANCE CHART Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

At warning message display Engine air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 Hydraulic filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43 Fuel system water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44

Initial 10 hours Air-conditioning compressor drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Wheel nut and bolt torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Every 10 hours or daily Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 Loader, backhoe, Extendahoe grease fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 Tire pressure and condition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59

Initial 20 hours Transmission fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 Front axle fluid level - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 Rear axle fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63

Every 50 hours Fuel system water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Coolant reservoir (deaeration reservoir) fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic reservoir fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader hydraulic coupler lock pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front axle grease fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-in-1 bucket pivots and grease fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-64 7-66 7-67 7-67 7-68 7-69

Initial 100 hours Hydraulic filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-70 7-72 7-74 7-76

Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77

Every 100 hours Backhoe swing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 Extendahoe control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78

Every 250 hours Operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air-conditioning compressor drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front axle breather valve - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front axle drive shaft - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle breather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission fluid level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Air-conditioning compressor seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-79 7-80 7-81 7-82 7-83 7-83 7-84 7-84 7-84 7-85 7-86 7-87

Every 500 hours Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Extendahoe® wear pad - adjustment and greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-88 7-90 7-92 7-94

Every 1000 hours Hydraulic fluid and filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97 Hydraulic reservoir breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99 Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100 Rear axle fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102 Transmission fluid and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103 Engine air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105 Cab intake filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106 Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107 Battery fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108

Every 1500 hours of operation or annually Engine Crankcase Ventilation (CCV) Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109

Every 4000 hours Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110

As required Swing cylinder area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113 Front fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114

Bleed air from the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115 Hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116 Hydraulic system - pressure release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119 Operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120 Grille screen and radiator area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122 Fan belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-123 Ride control accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-125 Pilot control accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-125 Disable parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126 Bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128 Uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130

STORAGE Machine storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-133 Preparation for use after storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Stop, tail, flasher, and turn signal lamps - cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135 Stop, tail, flasher, and turn signal lamps - canopy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-138 Driving and flood lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140 Dome lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144

8 TROUBLESHOOTING ALARM(S) Seat switch alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Display screen messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

9 SPECIFICATIONS Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3 Powertrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Travel speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Machine overall dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Loader lift capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12 Backhoe/Extendahoe® specifications and lifting capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Noise levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

10 ACCESSORIES General accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Telematics - Overview with Case SiteWatch™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION###_1_### Note to the owner This manual contains important information about the safe operation, adjustment, and maintenance of your tractor loader. Refer to the table of contents in this manual as an outline or guide to information about your machine. Use the index at the end of this manual for locating specific items about your machine. The tractor loader conforms to current safety regulations.

Use this manual as a guide. Service your machine properly and at the suggested intervals. Regular maintenance and correct operation will ensure that your machine will remain a reliable working tool for a long time. If you need more information, contact your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer.

DO NOT operate or permit anyone to operate or service this machine until you or the other persons have read and understand the safety, operation, and maintenance instructions in this manual. Use only trained operators who have demonstrated the ability to operate and service this machine correctly and safely.

The information in this manual is provided on the basis of information that was available at the time that the manual was written. Settings, procedures, part numbers, software, and other items can change. These changes can affect the service of the machine. Ensure that you have the complete and most current information from your dealer before you start any machine operation.

The operator's manual is to be stored in the manual compartment equipped on this machine. Make sure this manual is complete and in good condition. Consult your dealer to obtain additional manuals or manuals in other languages.

An Association of Equipment Manufacturers (AEM) safety booklet is included with each machine. Take the time to read the booklet and understand its content.

Contact your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for any further information or assistance about your machine. Your dealer has CASE CONSTRUCTION approved service parts. Your dealer has technicians with special training that know the best methods of repair and maintenance for your machine. CASE CONSTRUCTION customer assistance is also available. Go to www.casece.com.

ATTENTION: The fuel system and engine on your machine are designed and built to government emissions standards. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators, and users is strictly prohibited by law. Failure to comply could result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action, and possible confiscation of the machine until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be done by a certified technician only!

1-1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Intended use

RAIL14TLB0940FA

1

580N EP This loader backhoe, with standard equipment and authorized attachments, is intended for general earth moving purposes, handling, ditch digging, etc. Use only approved accessories and attachments designed for your machine. This Operator's Manual does not include instructions for attachments. Read the manual(s) provided with the authorized attachment to learn safe maintenance and operation of the machine. Make sure the machine is suitably equipped for the type of work to be performed. Your CASE CONSTRUCTION Dealer is available for any further information. They will also provide any after-sales service you may need, and genuine CASE CONSTRUCTION spare parts, your guarantee of quality and match. CASE CONSTRUCTION customer assistance is also available. Go to www.casece.com.

All persons who will be operating this machine shall possess a valid local vehicle operating permit and/or other applicable local age work permits.

Do not use this machine for any purpose or in any manner other than as described in the manual, safety signs or other product safety information provided with the machine. These materials define the machine's intended use.

Use only approved accessories and attachments designed for your machine. Consult your dealer on changes, additions, or modifications that may be required for your machine. Do not make any unauthorized modifications to your machine.

1-2

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) Interference may arise as a result of add‐on equipment which may not necessarily meet the required standards. As such interference can result in serious malfunction of the unit and/or create unsafe situations, you must observe the following: • The maximum power of emission equipment (radio, telephones, etc.) must not exceed the limits imposed by the national authorities of the country where you use the machine.

• The add‐on equipment must not interfere with the functioning of the onboard electronics.

Failure to comply with these rules will render the CASE CONSTRUCTION warranty null and void.

1-3

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Product identification Record the machine and part identification numbers. If needed, give these numbers to your dealer when you need parts or information for your machine. Keep a record of these numbers and your Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin in a safe place. If the machine is stolen, report the numbers to your local law enforcement agency.

Machine identification Model name PIN

Locate the Product Identification Number (PIN) plate on the left-hand side beneath the loader lift cylinder pivot point. The PIN is 17 characters long.

RCPH11TLB006BAD

1

RAIL17TLB0485BA

2

RCPH09TLB002AAF

3

NOTE: The PIN is also stamped on the chassis.

Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS)

1-4

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Engine

The PIN plate is located on the left-hand side of the oil pan below the water separator.

RAIL17TLB0486BA

4

RCPH09TLB004AAF

5

RAIL16TLB0531BA

6

RCPH10TLB394AAF

7

Transmission

Front axle - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)

Front drive axle - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

1-5

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Rear axle

RCPH09TLB006AAF

1-6

8

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Read the operator's manual Improper operation of this machine can cause death or serious injury. Before using the machine, make certain that every operator: • is instructed in safe and proper use of the machine.

• reads and understands the manual(s) pertaining to the machine.

• reads and understands all safety decals on the machine.

• clears the area of other persons and domestic animals.

• learns and practices safe use of machine controls in a safe, clear area before operating this machine on a job site.

It is your responsibility to observe pertinent laws and regulations and follow the CNH Industrial America LLC technical manual instructions on machine operation and maintenance.

Operator's manual storage on the machine Keep the Operator's Manual and the Association of Equipment Manufacturers (AEM) safety booklet in the storage compartment provided on the loader backhoe.

The Operator's Manual and the AEM safety booklet must be available for use by all operators.

RAIL14TLB0398AA

1-7

1

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Machine orientation The terms right-hand and left-hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of the machine as seen from the operator's seat.

RAIL14TLB0377FA

1.

2.

3.

4.

A – Driving and front loader operation Front Right-hand side Rear Left-hand side

1

B – Backhoe operation 1.

2.

3.

4.

1-8

Front Right-hand side Rear Left-hand side

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Component Identification

RAIL14TLB0938FA

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

Loader bucket Bucket cylinders Loader arm Cab (canopy not shown) Beacon (optional) Boom Dipper

1

(8) Universal backhoe coupler (optional) (9) Backhoe bucket (10) Swing tower (11) Stabilizer (shown in transport/stowed position) (12) Fuel tank with entry step (13) Loader arm lift cylinder (14) Loader arm support strut

1-9

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

RAIL14TLB0939FA

(1) Backhoe bucket straight links (2) Work lights (optional) (3) Hand hold (4) Exhaust stack (5) Loader arm links (6) Master disconnect switch with jump post under the engine hood

2

(7) Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) guard (optional) (8) Hydraulic tank and battery compartment (9) Tool box (optional) (10) Boom lock latch (11) Swing lock pin

1-10

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Emissions overview What is Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)?

Your FPT Industrial S.p.A. engine is equipped with additional components to comply with national and local exhaust emissions requirements. EGR works by recirculating a portion of the engine exhaust gasses back into the engine combustion chamber to lower combustion temperatures.

The main components of the EGR system include: • EGR valve • Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) • Exhaust gas temperature sensors • Throttle valve actuator

What is a Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)?

A Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), is a device that utilizes a chemical process in order to break down pollutants from a diesel engine in the exhaust system, turning them into less harmful components, similar to an automobile’s catalytic converter.

How does it work?

When exhaust enters the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), many chemical reactions occur. Nitric Oxide (NO) gas enters the DOC to be oxidized to nitrogen dioxide (NO2). This reaction occurs best between 200 – 600 °C (392 – 1112 °F).

US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Warranty Statement FPT Industrial S.p.A. warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform with US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in workmanship or material which would cause it not to meet these regulations for a period of: • 2 years or 1,500 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for engines less than 19 kW (25 Hp) • 5 years or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for engines greater than or equal to 19 kW (25 Hp) NOTE: This warranty applies to all units operated in the United States or Canada.

Coverage The model year, class of diesel engine, and emission application determination for your engine are identified on the Emission Control Information Label. This label is affixed to one of the following areas of the engine: the top of engine's rocker arm cover, the right-hand side of the oil pan, and the right-hand side of the engine front gear cover.

The warranty period begins on the date the new equipment is sold to the first retail purchaser. The presence of the emission control label is the indication that the engine conforms to the applicable standards. Any emission control system parts which are proven defective during normal use will be repaired or replaced during the warranty period.

The engine owner has responsibility to perform all the required maintenance listed in the Owner's Manual. FPT Industrial S.p.A. will not deny an emission warranty claim solely because no record of maintenance exists; however, a claim may be denied if failure to perform maintenance resulted in the failure of a warranted part.

It is recommended that replacement parts used for maintenance or repairs be FPT Industrial S.p.A. Service Parts to maintain the quality originally designed into your emission certified engine. The use of non-FPT Industrial S.p.A. parts does not invalidate the warranty on other components unless the use of such parts causes damage to warranted parts.

The manufacturer is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure of any warranted emission control system part. FPT Industrial S.p.A. is not responsible for failures resulting from improper repair or the use of parts that are not genuine FPT Industrial S.p.A. or FPT Industrial S.p.A. approved parts.

1-11

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Component coverage New engines certified for sale and registered will have the following items covered by the emission warranty, depending on the emission level of the engine, if the items were first installed on the new engine as original equipment: Fuel injection system

Exhaust after treatment Devices (if applicable)

• Fuel injection pump

• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)

• Fuel injectors

• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)

• Fuel injection lines

• Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

Air induction system

• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and dispensing systems

• Intake manifold • Turbocharger system (includes exhaust manifold)

Exhaust Gas Recirculation Systems (EGR)

• Charge air cooler

• EGR valve assembly

Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system (if applicable) • PCV valve • Oil fill cap

• EGR cooler Cold Start Enrichment Systems Electronic Control Units, Sensors, Solenoids, and Wiring harnesses used in above systems

Emissions warranty does not cover • Repairs arising from storage deterioration, failure to maintain the equipment, negligence, alteration, improper use of the equipment, collision or other accident, vandalism, or other casualty, or operation beyond rated capacity or specification.

• Repairs arising from abuse or neglect, including but not limited to: operation without adequate coolant or lubricants, adjustments to the fuel system outside equipment specifications, over-speeding, improper storage, starting, warmup, or shutdown practices, incorrect fuel or contaminated fuel, oil or other fluids.

• Normal maintenance services, such as engine tune-ups, engine fuel system cleaning, checks, adjustments, shimming, etc.

• Items replaced due to customer demand.

• Labor charges performed by anyone except a dealer authorized by contract to repair the equipment, unless they qualify under special provisions (i.e. outside labor).

• Any and all travel costs for items such as towing, service calls, or transporting a unit to and from the place where the warranty service is performed.

• Normal maintenance costs, including but not limited to: lubricants, coolants, fluids, fuel, filters, and associated labor.

Lubricants, filters, and coolants may qualify for warranty reimbursement if they require replacement as a DIRECT RESULT of a defect in material or workmanship.

• Claims involving the inspection or reconditioning of units after storage or prior use.

• Repairs arising from service performed by agents not approved by CASE CONSTRUCTION. • Repairs arising from any unauthorized modification to the product or the use of non- CASE CONSTRUCTION parts, implements or attachments.

• Removal, replacement, or installation of non- CASE CONSTRUCTION optional equipment, attachments or components.

• Premiums charged for overtime labor costs or out of shop expenses.

• Economic loss including lost profits, crop loss, equipment rental, or other expense.

• Unauthorized modification or updating machines without a warrantable failure.

• Any and all costs of dealer shop supplies incurred with repairs, including but not limited to: solvents, cleaners, anti-seize lubricants, loctite™, sealant, adhesive, oil-dry, shop towels, etc.

• Failure of the machine, its implements or attachments caused by improper field application or loading.

• Any and all costs for coolant, fuel, or lube (oil) analysis including supplies and lab recommendations.

• Cost associated with cleaning of machine in preparation for servicing.

1-12

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

California Emission Control Warranty Statement Your warranty rights and obligations California Air Resources Board and FPT Industrial S.p.A. are pleased to explain the emission control system warranty on 2015 through 2017 off-road diesel engine. In California, new heavy-duty off-road engines must be designed, built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog standards. FPT Industrial S.p.A. must warrant the emission control system on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, neglect or improper maintenance of your engine.

Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injection system and the air induction system. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-related assemblies.

Where a warrantable condition exists, FPT Industrial S.p.A. will repair your heavy-duty off-road engine at no cost to you including diagnosis, parts and labor.

MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY COVERAGE: The 2015-2017 heavy-duty off-road engines are warranted for 5 years or 3000 hours, whichever comes first. If any emission-related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by FPT Industrial S.p.A.

OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES: • As the off-road engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your owner's manual. FPT Industrial S.p.A. recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your offroad engine, but CASE CONSTRUCTION cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance.

• As the off-road engine owner, you should however be aware that FPT Industrial S.p.A. may deny you warranty coverage if your off-road engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications.

• Your engine is designed to operate on Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel only. Use of any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in compliance with California's emissions requirements.

• You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The ARB suggests that you present your off-road engine to a CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer as soon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed by the dealer as expeditiously as possible.

If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact NAFTA Technical Service Group at 1-630-481-2905 or email: fpt-na-warranty@fptindustrial.com.

CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY PARTS LIST Fuel injection system:

• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)

• Fuel injection pump

• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)

• Fuel injectors

• Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)

• Fuel injection lines

• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and dispensing systems

Air induction system: • Intake manifold • Turbocharger system (includes exhaust manifold) • Charge air cooler Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system (if applicable) • PCV valve • Oil fill cap Exhaust after treatment Devices (if applicable)

Exhaust Gas Recirculation Systems (EGR) • EGR valve assembly • EGR cooler Cold Start Enrichment Systems Electronic Control Units, Sensors, Solenoids, and Wiring harnesses used in above systems Miscellaneous items used in above systems, such as hoses, belts, connectors, tubing, gaskets, and mounting hardware.

1-13

1 - GENERAL INFORMATION

Emission Control Information Labels

1-14

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION###_2_### Safety rules and signal word definitions Personal safety This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.

Throughout this manual and on machine safety signs, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those working with you.

Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.

DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color associated with DANGER is RED. WARNING indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color associated with WARNING is ORANGE. CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. The color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.

FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Machine safety NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine damage or property damage. The color associated with Notice is BLUE. Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine damage or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.

Information NOTE: Note indicates additional information that clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.

Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.

2-1

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules General safety rules Use caution when you operate the machine on slopes.

Raised equipment, full tanks and other loads will change the center of gravity of the machine. The machine can tip or roll over when near ditches and embankments or uneven surfaces.

Never permit anyone other than the operator to ride on the machine.

Never operate the machine under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or while you are otherwise impaired.

When digging or using ground-engaging attachments, be aware of buried cables. Contact local utilities to determine the locations of services.

Pay attention to overhead power lines and hanging obstacles. High voltage lines may require significant clearance for safety.

Hydraulic oil or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or infection.

• DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece of cardboard or paper.

• Stop the engine, remove the key, and relieve the pressure before you connect or disconnect fluid lines.

• Make sure that all components are in good condition.

Tighten all connections before you start the engine or pressurize the system.

• If hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately.

• Continuous long term contact with hydraulic fluid may cause skin cancer. Avoid long term contact and wash the skin promptly with soap and water.

Keep clear of moving parts. Loose clothing, jewelry, watches, long hair, and other loose or hanging items can become entangled in moving parts.

A person or pet within the operating area of a machine can be struck or crushed by the machine or its equipment. DO NOT allow anyone to enter the work area.

Raised equipment and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and crush persons underneath. Never allow anyone to enter the area underneath raised equipment during operation.

Never operate the engine in enclosed spaces as harmful exhaust gases may build up.

Before you start the machine, be sure that all controls are in neutral or park lock position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the lock position. The backhoe swing lock pin must be in the lock position when you are not using the backhoe.

Start the engine only from the operator’s seat. If you bypass the safety start switch, the engine can start with the transmission in gear. Do not connect or short across terminals on the starter solenoid. Attach jumper cables as described in the manual. Starting in gear may cause death or serious injury.

Always keep windows, mirrors, all lighting, and Slow-Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem clean to provide the best possible visibility while you operate the machine.

Operate controls only when seated in the operator’s seat, except for those controls expressly intended for use from other locations.

From the operator's platform, install the backhoe swing lock pin when the backhoe is not in use and before all other operation.

Before you leave the machine: 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.

2. Put all controls in neutral or park lock position.

3. Engage the parking brake. Use wheel chocks if required.

Wear protective equipment when appropriate.

DO NOT attempt to remove material from any part of the machine while it is being operated or while components are in motion.

Make sure that all guards and shields are in good condition and properly installed before you operate the machine. Never operate the machine with shields removed.

Always close access doors or panels before you operate the machine.

Dirty or slippery steps, ladders, walkways, and platforms can cause falls. Make sure these surfaces remain clean and clear of debris.

4. Lower the loader bucket or other front attachment to the ground.

5. Move the operator’s seat to the backhoe operating position and choose one of the following backhoe positions: • Move the backhoe into the stowed position and from the operator's seat install the backhoe swing lock pin. See 6-28.

• Lower the backhoe bucket or other attachment to the ground.

6. Turn off the engine and remove the key.

7. Move the operator’s seat into the driving position.

2-2

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

When, due to exceptional circumstances, you decide to keep the engine running after you leave the operator’s station, then you must follow these precautions:

3. Move the operator’s seat to the backhoe operating position and choose one of the following backhoe positions: ○ Move the backhoe into the stowed position and from the operator's seat install the backhoe swing lock pin. See 6-28.

1. Bring the engine to low idle speed.

2. Disengage all drive systems.

○ Lower the backhoe bucket or other attachment to the ground.

WARNING Some components may continue to run down after you disengage drive systems.

Make sure all drive systems are fully disengaged.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

4. Shift the transmission into neutral.

5. Apply the parking brake.

W0113A

General maintenance safety Do not attempt to clean, lubricate, clear obstructions, or make adjustments to the machine while it is in motion or while the engine is running.

Keep the area used for servicing the machine clean and dry. Clean up spilled fluids.

Service the machine on a firm, level surface.

Install guards and shields after you service the machine.

Close all access doors and install all panels after servicing the machine.

Stop the engine, remove the key, and relieve pressure before you connect or disconnect fluid lines.

Stop the engine and remove the key before you connect or disconnect electrical connections.

Scalding can result from incorrect removal of coolant caps. Cooling systems operate under pressure. Hot coolant can spray out if you remove a cap while the system is hot. Allow the system to cool before you remove the cap. When you remove the cap, turn it slowly to allow pressure to escape before you completely remove the cap.

Always make sure that working area is clear of tools, parts, other persons and pets before you start operating the machine.

Replace damaged or worn tubes, hoses, electrical wiring, etc.

Unsupported hydraulic cylinders can lose pressure and drop the equipment, causing a crushing hazard. Do not leave equipment in a raised position while parked or during service, unless the equipment is securely supported.

The engine, transmission, exhaust components, and hydraulic lines may become hot during operation. Take care when you service such components. Allow surfaces to cool before you handle or disconnect hot components.

Wear protective equipment when appropriate.

Jack or lift the machine only at jack or lift points indicated in this manual.

Incorrect towing procedures can cause accidents. When you tow a disabled machine follow the procedure in this manual. Use only rigid tow bars.

When welding, follow the instructions in the manual. Always disconnect the battery before you weld on the machine. Always wash your hands after you handle battery components.

2-3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Wheels and tires Make sure that tires are correctly inflated. Do not exceed any recommended load or pressure. Follow the instructions in the manual for proper tire inflation.

Tires are heavy. Handling tires without proper equipment could cause death or serious injury.

Never weld on a wheel with a tire installed. Always remove the tire completely from the wheel prior to welding.

Always have a qualified tire technician service the tires and wheels. If a tire has lost all pressure, take the tire and

wheel to a tire shop or your dealer for service. Explosive separation of the tire can cause serious injury.

DO NOT weld to a wheel or rim until the tire is completely removed. Inflated tires can generate a gas mixture with the air that can be ignited by high temperatures from welding procedures performed on the wheel or rim. Removing the air or loosening the tire on the rim (breaking the bead) will NOT eliminate the hazard. This condition can exist whether tires are inflated or deflated. The tire MUST be completely removed from the wheel or rim prior to welding the wheel or rim.

Driving on public roads and general transportation safety Comply with local laws and regulations.

Make sure that the backhoe swing lock pin is in the lock position. See 6-28 for more information.

Use appropriate lighting to meet local regulations.

Make sure that the Slow-Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem is visible.

Make sure that the brake pedal latch is engaged. You must lock brake pedals together for road travel.

Use safety chains for trailed equipment when safety chains are provided with machine or equipment.

Lift implements and attachments high enough above ground to prevent accidental contact with road.

When you transport equipment or a machine on a transport trailer, make sure that it is properly secured. Be sure the Slow-Moving Vehicle (SMV) on the equipment or machine is covered while being transported on a trailer.

Be aware of overhead structures or power lines and make sure that the machine and/or attachments can pass safely under.

Travel speed should be such that you maintain complete control and machine stability at all times.

Slow down and signal before turning.

Pull over to allow faster traffic to pass.

Follow correct towing procedure for equipment with or without brakes.

Fire and explosion prevention Fuel or oil that is leaked or spilled on hot surfaces or electrical components can cause a fire.

Crop materials, trash, debris, bird nests, or flammable material can ignite on hot surfaces.

belts, gears, cleaning fans, etc. More frequent cleaning of your machine may be necessary depending on the operating environment and conditions.

Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine.

Inspect the electrical system for loose connections and frayed insulation. Repair or replace loose or damaged parts.

Make sure that the fire extinguisher(s) is maintained and serviced according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

Do not store oily rags or other flammable material on the machine.

At least once each day and at the end of the day, remove all trash and debris from the machine especially around hot components such as the engine, transmission, exhaust, battery, etc. More frequent cleaning of your machine may be necessary depending on the operating environment and conditions.

Do not weld or flame cut any items that contain flammable material. Clean items thoroughly with non-flammable solvents before welding or flame-cutting.

At least once each day, remove debris accumulation around moving components such as bearings, pulleys,

Promptly investigate any unusual smells or odors that may occur during operation of the machine.

Do not expose the machine to flames, burning brush, or explosives.

2-4

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

General battery safety Always wear eye protection when you work with batteries.

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions when you store and handle batteries.

Do not create sparks or have open flame near a battery.

Ventilate the area when you charge a battery or use a battery in an enclosed area.

Disconnect the negative (-) terminal first and reconnect the negative (-) terminal last.

When you weld on the machine, disconnect both terminals of the battery.

Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.

When you use auxiliary batteries or connect jumper cables to start the engine, use the procedure shown in the operator’s manual. Do not short across terminals.

Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

This is a California Proposition 65 warning.

Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately.

Antidote (internal): Drink large quantities of water or milk.

Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.

Keep out of reach of children and other unauthorized persons.

Reflectors and warning lights You must use flashing amber warning lights when you operate equipment on public roads.

2-5

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Seat belts Seat belts must be worn at all times.

• Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or mounting.

Seat belt inspection and maintenance: • Keep seat belts in good condition.

• If the belt is attached to the seat, make sure that the seat or seat brackets are mounted securely.

• Keep sharp edges and items than can cause damage away from the belts.

• Keep seat belts clean and dry.

• Periodically check belts, buckles, retractors, tethers, slack take-up system, and mounting bolts for damage and wear.

• Clean belts only with soap solution and warm water.

• Do not use bleach or dye on the belts because this can make the belts weak.

• Replace all parts that have damage or wear.

• Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt weak.

Fasten/release 1. Pull the right-hand belt strap from the retractor.

2. Insert the metal end into the latch mechanism of the left-hand side of the seat.

RAIL14UTL0054BA

1

RAIL14UTL0054BA

2

3. To release, press the red button on the latch mechanism. The seat belt will automatically retract.

2-6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Operator protective structure Your machine is equipped with an operator protective structure, such as: a Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS), Falling Objects Protective Structure (FOPS), or a cab with a ROPS. A ROPS may be a can frame or a two-posted or four-posted structure used for the protection of the operator to minimize the possibility of serious injury. The mounting structure and fasteners forming the mounting connection with the machine are part of the ROPS.

After an accident, fire, tip over, or roll over, the following MUST be performed by a qualified technician before returning the machine to field or job-site operations:

The protective structure is a special safety component of your machine.

• All damaged parts MUST BE REPLACED.

DO NOT attach any device to the protective structure for pulling purposes. DO NOT drill holes to the protective structure.

The protective structure and interconnecting components are a certified system. Any damage, fire, corrosion, or modification will weaken the structure and reduce your protection. If this occurs, THE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE MUST BE REPLACED so that it will provide the same protection as a new protective structure. Contact your dealer for protective structure inspection and replacement.

• The protective structure MUST BE REPLACED. • The mounting or suspension for the protective structure, operator’s seat and suspension, seat belts and mounting components, and wiring within the operator’s protective system MUST be carefully inspected for damage.

DO NOT WELD, DRILL HOLES, ATTEMPT TO STRAIGHTEN, OR REPAIR THE PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE. MODIFICATION IN ANY WAY CAN REDUCE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE, WHICH COULD CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY IN THE EVENT OF FIRE, TIP OVER, ROLL OVER, COLLISION, OR ACCIDENT. Seat belts are part of your protective system and must be worn at all times. The operator must be held to the seat inside the frame in order for the protective system to work.

Backup alarm system The audible backup alarm system notifies others in the area that the machine will be or is moving in reverse

Place the directional lever in the reverse travel position and an audible alarm will sound repeatedly until the operator moves the directional lever into the neutral position or the forward travel position.

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as hard hat, eye protection, heavy gloves, hearing protection, protective clothing, etc.

DCAPLT5NE020S2A

2-7

3

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Do Not Operate tag Before you start servicing the machine, attach a ‘Do Not Operate’ warning tag to the machine in an area that will be visible.

RH99E029

4

Hazardous chemicals If you are exposed to or come in contact with hazardous chemicals you can be seriously injured. The fluids, lubricants, paints, adhesives, coolant, etc. required for the function of your machine can be hazardous. They may be attractive and harmful to domestic animals as well as humans.

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide information about the chemical substances within a product, safe handling and storage procedures, first aid measures, and procedures to take in the event of a spill or accidental release. MSDS are available from your dealer.

Before you service your machine check the MSDS for each lubricant, fluid, etc. used in this machine. This information indicates the associated risks and will help you service the machine safely. Follow the information in the MSDS, and on manufacturer containers, as well as the information in this manual, when you service the machine.

Dispose of all fluids, filters, and containers in an environmentally safe manner according to local laws and regulations. Check with local environmental and recycling centers or your dealer for correct disposal information.

Store fluids and filters in accordance with local laws and regulations. Use only appropriate containers for the storage of chemicals or petrochemical substances.

Keep out of reach or children or other unauthorized persons.

Applied chemicals require additional precautions. Obtain complete information from the manufacturer or distributor of the chemicals before you use them.

Utility safety When digging or using ground-engaging equipment, be aware of buried cables and other services. Contact your local utilities or authorities, as appropriate, to determine the locations of services.

Make sure that the machine has sufficient clearance to pass in all directions. Pay special attention to overhead power lines and hanging obstacles. High voltage lines may require significant clearance for safety. Contact local authorities or utilities to obtain safe clearance distances from high voltage power lines.

Retract raised or extended components, if necessary.

Remove or lower radio antennas or other accessories.

Should a contact between the machine and an electric

power source occur, the following precautions must be taken: • Stop the machine movement immediately.

• Apply the parking brake, stop the engine, and remove the key.

• Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual position without contact with electrical wires. If not, stay in your position and call for help. If you can leave your position without touching lines, jump clear of the machine to make sure that you do not make contact with the ground and the machine at the same time.

• Do not permit anyone to touch the machine until power has been shut off to the power lines.

2-8

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Electrical storm safety Do not operate machine during an electrical storm.

If you are on the ground during an electrical storm, stay away from machinery and equipment. Seek shelter in a permanent, protected structure.

If an electrical storm should strike during operation, remain in the cab. Do not leave the cab or operator’s platform. Do not make contact with the ground or objects outside the machine.

Mounting and dismounting Mount and dismount the machine only at designated locations that have handholds, steps, and/or or ladders.

Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and handholds.

Do not jump off of the machine.

Never mount or dismount from a moving machine.

Make sure that steps, ladders, and platforms remain clean and clear of debris and foreign substances. Injury may result from slippery surfaces.

Do not use the steering wheel or other controls or accessories as handholds when you enter or exit the cab or operator’s platform.

Face the machine when you mount and dismount the machine.

Working at heights When the normal use and maintenance of the machine requires you to work at heights:

• Do not stand on surfaces that are not designated as steps or platforms.

• Correctly use installed steps, ladders, and railings.

• Never use ladders, steps, or railings while the machine is moving.

Do not use the machine as a lift, ladder, or platform for working at heights.

Lifting and overhead loads Never use loader buckets, forks, etc. or other lifting, handling, or digging equipment to lift persons.

Load items can fall off the loader bucket or lifting equipment and crush the operator. Care must be taken when lifting a load. Use proper lifting equipment.

Do not use raised equipment as a work platform.

Know the full area of movement of the machine and equipment and do not enter or permit anyone to enter the area of movement while the machine is in operation.

Never enter or permit anyone to enter the area underneath raised equipment. Equipment and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and crush persons underneath it.

Do not leave equipment in raised position while parked or during service, unless securely supported. Hydraulic cylinders must be mechanically locked or supported if they are left in a raised position for service or access.

Loader buckets, forks, etc. or other lifting, handling, or digging equipment and its load will change the center of gravity of the machine. This can cause the machine to tip on slopes or uneven ground.

Do not lift load higher than necessary. Lower loads to transport. Remember to leave appropriate clearance to the ground and other obstacles.

Equipment and associated loads can block visibility and cause an accident. Do not operate with insufficient visibility.

Keep the load or tool as low as possible while moving the machine around the work site.

Release all hydraulic pressure before servicing the machine.

You must know which circuits have accumulators and how to release pressure properly.

Always use the lift arm support strut when servicing the machine with lift arms up.

2-9

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Air-conditioning system • The air-conditioning system is under high pressure. Do not disconnect any lines. The release of high pressure can cause serious injury.

• The air-conditioning system contains gases that are harmful to the environment when released into the at-

mosphere. Do not attempt to service or repair the system.

• Only trained service technicians can service, repair, and recharge the air-conditioning system.

2-10

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - California Proposition 65 Warning

RCIL08CCH001EAA

1

California Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

2-11

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Utility precautions

YOU MUST FOLLOW safety precautions when you work near buried utility lines.

Call all utility companies before you perform any machine operation

During operation, it is likely that you will be working around or near buried utility lines that may include, but are not limited to:

After you locate any buried utility lines, carefully dig a hole to the utility line by hand and/or with automatic vacuum equipment. Verify the location and depth of the line.

• Electrical power line

Where applicable, know the utility color code.

• Gas line • Water line • Communication line - telephone or cable television • Sewer line NOTE: Before construction work begins it is your responsibility to be aware of all utility lines in the area of your project and to avoid them.

ALWAYS have all local utility companies mark the location of their lines.

In U.S.A. and Canada call one of many One Call System Director services. If you do not know the local number, call the national number (U.S.A. and Canada only): 1-888-258-0808. This number will direct you to the state or regional utility that assists with excavation activity.

Electric Gas, Oil, or Petroleum Communication, Telephone, Television Water Sewer Proposed Excavation Surveying Reclaimed Water and Slurry

Red Yellow Orange Blue Green or Brown White Pink Purple

Coordinate all excavation activity with the proper authorities and professionals before beginning.

NOTE: Check with local authorities for laws, regulations, and/or strict penalties requiring you to locate and avoid existing utilities.

2-12

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Fuel handling precautions

• Do not smoke or permit open flames while fueling or near fueling operations.

• Do not fill the fuel tank completely to the top. Allow room for expansion.

• Clean up spilled fuel immediately and dispose of contaminated material in an environmentally correct manner.

• Tighten the fuel tank cap securely. Should the fuel cap be lost, replace it only with the original manufacturer's approved cap. Use of a non-approved cap without proper venting may result in pressurization of the tank.

• Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.

• Use the correct fuel grade for the operating season.

2-13

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Specific precautions to this machine • From the operator's platform, install the backhoe swing lock pin when the backhoe is not in use and before all other operation.

• Keep operator's platform clean. Never transport items in the operator's platform.

• Keep the load or tool as low as possible while moving the machine around the work site.

• Adjust the rear window before actuating the backhoe hydraulics. The rear window could come into contact with the control lever.

• Always use the lift arm support strut when servicing the machine with lift arms up.

When using the backhoe: • Position the stabilizer pads for maximum stability.

• Install a guard rail and warning signs to keep other persons away from the machine if operating in an area with reduced visibility, such as a building.

• Place the direction control lever and the transmission in neutral and apply the parking brake before turning the operator's seat around to the backhoe position.

• Pilot control machines are equipped with two backhoe control patterns. You must know which pattern the machine is in, before operating the machine (actuating the hydraulics).

• Know which control pattern is engaged before actuating the hydraulics (pilot control machines only).

• Release all hydraulic pressure before servicing the machine.

• Use caution when swinging the backhoe completely to the side to prevent contact with the stabilizers.

• Ensure the seat is locked into position.

• You must know which circuits have accumulators and how to release pressure properly.

2-14

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Support strut for loader lift arm WARNING Crushing hazard!

If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut. Remove the retaining pin and place the support strut onto the cylinder rod. Install the retaining pin into the support strut. Lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0230A

Raise and support loader lift arms: 1. Empty the loader bucket.

2. Raise the loader lift arms to the maximum height.

3. Shut down the engine.

RCPH10TLB230AAF

1

RCPH10TLB221AAF

2

RCPH10TLB227AAF

3

4. Remove the retaining pin.

5. Lower the support strut onto the cylinder rod.

6. Install the retaining pin.

7. Start the engine.

8. Slowly lower the lift arms so that the end of the support strut rests on the cylinder.

2-15

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Lower supported loader lift arms: 1. Raise the lift arms so that the end of the support strut no longer rests on the cylinder.

2. Shut down the engine.

RCPH10TLB227AAF

4

RCPH10TLB231AAF

5

3. Remove the retaining pin from the support strut.

4. Raise the support strut up to the storage position and secure with the retaining pin, as shown.

5. Start the engine.

6. Lower the loader to the ground.

2-16

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety rules - Ductile iron

DANGER Altering cast ductile iron can cause it to weaken or break.

Before you weld, cut, or drill holes on any part of this machine, make sure that the part is not cast ductile iron.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0148A

Altering cast ductile iron can cause it to weaken or break. Unauthorized modifications to cast ductile iron parts can cause death or serious injury. Do not weld, cut, drill, repair, or attach items to cast ductile iron parts on this machine.

Before you weld, cut, or drill holes on any part of this machine, make sure the part is not cast ductile iron. See your dealer if you do not know if a part is cast ductile iron.

The following items are examples of cast ductile iron parts. There may also be other parts made of cast ductile iron that are not on the list below.

• Two-wheel drive steering link • Dump links • Front axle • Stabilizers • Extend-a-hoe • Swing tower • Bucket linkage • Air-Conditioning (A/C) compressor mounting bracket Do not make any unauthorized modifications. Consult an authorized dealer before making any changes, additions, or modifications to this machine.

2-17

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Ecology and the environment Soil, air, and water quality is important for all industries and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the treatment of some of the substances that advanced technology requires, sound judgment should govern the use and disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical nature.

Familiarize yourself with the relative legislation applicable to your country, and make sure that you understand this legislation. Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, anti-freeze, cleaning agents, etc., with regard to the effect of these substances on man and nature and how to safely store, use, and dispose of these substances. Your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer can also provide assistance.

Battery recycling Batteries and electric accumulators contain several substances that can have a harmful effect on the environment if the batteries are not properly recycled after use.

Improper disposal of batteries can contaminate the soil, groundwater, and waterways. CASE CONSTRUCTION strongly recommends that you return all used batteries to a CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer, who will dispose of the used batteries or recycle the used batteries properly. In some countries, this is a legal requirement.

Helpful hints • Avoid the use of cans or other inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems to fill tanks. Such delivery systems may cause considerable spillage.

• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of these products contain substances that may be harmful to your health.

• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.

• Avoid spillage when you drain fluids such as used engine coolant mixtures, engine oil, hydraulic fluid, brake fluid, etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with lubricants. Store all drained fluids safely until you can dispose of the fluids in a proper way that complies with all local legislation and available resources.

• Do not allow coolant mixtures to get into the soil. Collect and dispose of coolant mixtures properly.

• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It contains gases that should not be released into the atmosphere. Your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer or air-conditioning specialist has a special extractor for this purpose and can recharge the system properly.

• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling system or hydraulic system immediately.

NHIL14GEN0038AA

1

Mandatory battery recycling NOTE: The following requirements are mandatory in Brazil.

Batteries are made of lead plates and a sulfuric acid solution. Because batteries contain heavy metals such as lead, CONAMA Resolution 401/2008 requires you to return all used batteries to the battery dealer when you replace any batteries. Do not dispose of batteries in your household garbage.

Points of sale are obliged to: • Accept the return of your used batteries • Store the returned batteries in a suitable location • Send the returned batteries to the battery manufacturer for recycling

• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to a component failure.

2-18

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Hand signals When operating the machine, never attempt to carry out tasks calling for fine control or work in areas where visibility is poor without seeking the assistance of a signalman. Make sure that both you and the signalman understand the signals that will be used.

Start the engine

Move away from me Wave hands forward and rearward with palms out

RCIL09TLB011BAF

1

Stop the engine

RCIL09TLB006BAF

2

RCIL09TLB009BAF

4

Go this far

RCIL09TLB023BAF

3

All stop and hold

Come to me Wave hands forward and rearward with palms in

RCIL09TLB005BAF

5

RCIL09TLB007BAF

2-19

6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Lower load or bucket

Stop Wave one hand back and forth

RCIL09TLB019BAF

7

Emergency stop

RCIL09TLB021BAF

8

Raise load or bucket slowly

Wave both hands back and forth

RCIL09TLB024BAF

9

Raise load or bucket

RCIL09TLB020BAF

RCIL09TLB008BAF

10

Lower load or bucket slowly

11

RCIL09TLB022BAF

2-20

12

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Dump loader bucket

Turn machine left To stop machine movement, stop moving hand and make a fist

RCIL09TLB015BAF

13 RCIL09TLB003BAF

14

Raise backhoe boom

Turn machine right To stop machine movement, stop moving hand and make a fist

RCIL09TLB016BAF

15

Roll back loader bucket

RCIL09TLB010BAF

RCIL09TLB012BAF RCIL09TLB004BAF

16

Lower backhoe boom

17

2-21

18

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Backhoe dipper in

RCIL09TLB014BAF

Backhoe bucket dump

19

Backhoe dipper out

RCIL09TLB017BAF

20

Retract extend-a-hoe, if fitted

21

Backhoe bucket dig

RCIL09TLB013BAF

RCIL09TLB018BAF

RCIL09TLB002BAF

22

Extend extend-a-hoe, if fitted

23

RCIL09TLB001BAF

2-22

24

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety signs WARNING Avoid injury!

Make sure safety signs are legible. Clean safety signs regularly. Replace all damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible safety signs. See your dealer for replacement safety signs. If a safety sign is on a part that is replaced, make sure the new part has a safety sign.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0168A

The following safety signs are on your machine as a guide for your safety and for the safety of those working with you.

Walk around the machine and note the content and the location of all safety signs before you operate your machine.

Keep all safety signs clean and legible. Clean safety signs with a soft cloth, water, and gentle detergent.

NOTICE: Do not use solvent, gasoline, or other harsh chemicals. Solvents, gasoline, and other harsh chemicals may damage or remove safety signs.

Replace all safety signs that are damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible. If a safety sign is on a part you or your dealer replaces, make sure that you or your dealer install the safety sign on the new part. See your dealer for replacement safety signs.

Read operator’s manual symbol Safety signs that display the “Read operator’s manual” symbol direct you to the operator’s manual for further information regarding maintenance, adjustments, or procedures for particular areas of the machine. When a safety sign displays this symbol, consult the appropriate page of the operator’s manual.

Read service manual symbol Safety signs that display the “Read service manual” symbol direct you to the service manual. If you doubt your ability to perform service operations, contact your dealer.

2-23

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

Safety sign location overview

RAPH11TLB0056BA

1

RAPH11TLB0057BA

2

RAPH11TLB0058BA

3

RAPH11TLB0059BA

4

Following is a listing of all Safety Signs and locations. Read and understand them before operating the machine.

2-24

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(1) Operator instruction. Machines without Ride Control™.

WARNING Read Operator’s Manual. Fasten seat belt. No riders.

Keep others away. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

DANGER To avoid inadvertent movement, before operating the backhoe always place the four speed transmission and forward reverse control lever in NEUTRAL and engage PARK BRAKE. Read Operator’s Manual.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 392374A1 Spanish 398598A1 French Canadian 398599A1

392374A1

5

Location: On the front console.

RCPH10TLB190AAF

2-25

6

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(1) Operator instruction. Machines with Ride Control™.

WARNING Do not turn ride control on, if loader arms and bucket are holding front of machine off the ground. Machine can drop causing serious injury or death. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

WARNING Read Operator’s Manual. Fasten seat belt. No riders.

Keep others away. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

DANGER To avoid inadvertent movement, before operating the backhoe always place the four speed transmission and forward reverse control lever in NEUTRAL and engage PARK BRAKE. Read Operator’s Manual.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 392375A1 Spanish 398600A1 French Canadian 398601A1

392375A1

7

Location: On the front console.

RCPH10TLB190AAF

2-26

8

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(2) Explosion hazard, ether WARNING Explosion hazard. Do not use ether. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 8603092 Spanish 8603094 French Canadian 8603093

8603092

9

Location: On the left-hand side of the machine frame.

RCPH11TLB006BAD

2-27

10

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(3)/ (4) Explosion and run over hazard, jump start DANGER Explosion hazard. Run over hazard. Read procedure in Operator’s Manual before jump start or service to avoid injury. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English 384269A1 Spanish 398582A1 French Canadian 398583A1

384269A1

11

Location: On the right-hand side of the machine frame.

RAPH11TLB0042BA

12

RCPH10TLB426AAF

13

Location: On the battery compartment cover.

2-28

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(5) Do not start in gear. Start only from Operator’s seat DANGER Starting in gear can cause death. Start engine only from operator seat with the transmission in NEUTRAL. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 321–7040 Spanish 398674A1 French Canadian 398676A1

321-7040

14

Location: On the right-hand side of the machine frame.

RAPH11TLB0042BA

2-29

15

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(6)/ (7) Entanglement hazard WARNING Entanglement hazard. Keep clear or stop engine before servicing. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English 384267A1 Spanish 398580A1 French Canadian 398581A1 384267A1

16

Location: On the left-hand side of the machine frame.

RAIL17TLB0486BA

17

Location: On the right-hand side of the machine frame.

RCPH10TLB129AAF

2-30

18

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(8) Hot liquid under pressure WARNING Hot liquid under pressure hazard. Service when cool. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 384258A1 Spanish 398570A1 French Canadian 398571A1

384258A1

19

Location: On the left-hand side of the machine frame.

RAIL17TLB0486BA

2-31

20

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(9)/ (10) Fuel under pressure WARNING Pressurized System hazard. Do not open high pressure fuel system with engine running. Engine operation causes high fuel pressure. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English 87581010 Spanish 87622505 French Canadian 87622506

87581010

21

Location: On the right-hand side of the machine frame.

RAPH11TLB0042BA

22

RAIL17TLB0486BA

23

Location: On the left-hand side of the machine frame.

2-32

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(11) Pressurized system. Machines with Ride Control™ only.

WARNING Pressurized System hazard. Relieve pressure before maintenance. Precharge only with dry inert gas such as high purity nitrogen. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 384260A1 Spanish 398572A1 French Canadian 398573A1 384260A1

24

Location: On the Ride Control™ mounting bracket.

RCPH10TLB108AAF

2-33

25

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(12) Do not jump/use seat belt WARNING Avoid crushing. Do not jump if machine tips. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English 321–7030 Spanish 398672A1 French Canadian 398673A1

321-7030

26

Location: On the A and C posts. Image of C post shown

RAIL17TLB0481BA

2-34

27

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(13) Do not modify Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) or Falling Object Protective Structure (FOPS) WARNING Do not modify or repair ROPS or FOPS in any manner. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 383972A1 Spanish 389729A1 French Canadian 389730A1

383972A1

28

Location: On the ROPS canopy/cab frame, inside, above the operator.

RCPH10TLB323AAF

29

(14) Crush hazard, loader arm WARNING Crush hazard. If you service machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut.

1. Empty the loader bucket, raise the loader lift arms to maximum height and stop the engine.

2. Remove the rear pin from the support strut and lower the support strut onto the cylinder rod.

3. Install the rear pin in the support strut.

4. Slowly lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

If you do not follow this procedure, you can cause serious injury or death if the loader lift arms are lowered by accident. See the Service Manual. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 384264A1 Spanish 398576A1 French Canadian 398577A1

384264A1

30

Location: On the support strut for the loader lift arm.

RCPH10TLB114AAF

2-35

31

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(15) Crush hazard, loader arm WARNING Crush hazard. Support loader lift arms during maintenance or repair. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 384265A1 Spanish 398578A1 French Canadian 398579A1 384265A1

32

Location: On the right-hand side of machine frame below the loader lift arm.

RCPH10TLB095AAF

33

(16) Rollover, crush hazard WARNING Rollover crush hazard. Lifting too heavy a load can cause machine rollover or loss of operator control. See "LIFTING WITH THE BACKHOE" in the Operator's Manual. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 87435938 Spanish 87435939 French Canadian 87435940 87435938B

34

Location: On the backhoe control column, mechanical controls.

RCPH10TLB128AAF

2-36

35

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(17) Rollover, crush hazard WARNING Rollover crush hazard. Lifting too heavy a load can cause machine rollover or loss of operator control. See "LIFTING WITH THE BACKHOE" in the Operator's Manual. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 87433209 Spanish 87434771 French Canadian 87434772

87433209

36

Location: On the left-hand backhoe control tower, pilot controls.

RCPH10TLB135AAF

2-37

37

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(18) Crush Hazard, backhoe DANGER Crush hazard. Keep clear of this area. Swinging boom can kill or seriously injure you. Start and operate backhoe from Operator’s seat only. Do not place any loose objects inside the cab area. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 86992976 Spanish 86992981 French Canadian 86992979

86992976C

38

Location: On the rear of the machine frame.

RCPH10TLB170AAF

2-38

39

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(19) Not a step/exit. Machines with ROPS canopy only WARNING No step. Not an exit. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English 86992975 Spanish 86992980 French Canadian 86992978

86992975C

40

Location: On each side of the rear frame.

RCPH10TLB127AAF

2-39

41

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(20) Compressed spring WARNING. The spring in this assembly is compressed. Incorrect disassembly can cause injury. See Service Manual.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 321–6774

RAPH11TLB0061BA

42

RCPH10TLB134AAF

43

Location: On the Operator’s seat support post.

(21) Operate backhoe from Operator’s seat only CAUTION Operate backhoe from seat position only. For transport. Use overcenter position with bucket straight to rear. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

Quantity: 1 English D149826 Spanish 398677A1 French Canadian 398656A1

D149826B

44

Location: On the backhoe control tower, mechanical controls, with standard dipper.

RCPH10TLB128AAF

2-40

45

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(22) Operate backhoe from Operator’s seat only CAUTION Operate backhoe from seat position only. For transport, use overcenter position with bucket straight to rear. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

Quantity: 1 English D149827 Spanish 398669A1 French Canadian 398654A1

D149827B

46

Location: On the backhoe control tower, mechanical controls, with extend-a-hoe.

47

RAIL14TLB0702AA

(23) Operate backhoe from Operator’s seat only CAUTION Operate backhoe from seat position only. For transport, use overcenter position with bucket straight to rear. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

Quantity: 1 English D149826 Spanish 398677A1 French Canadian 398656A1

D149826B

48

Location: On the right-hand side console with pilot controls.

RCPH10TLB151AAF

2-41

49

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(24) Two backhoe control pattern. Machines with pilot control only WARNING Unexpected movement hazard. Machines equipped with two backhoe control patterns. Before operating verify desired control pattern selected for use.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 87305413 Spanish 87336843 French Canadian 87336844

87305413A

50

Location: On the right-hand backhoe control tower.

RCPH10TLB137AAF

2-42

51

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(25) Crush hazard WARNING CRUSH HAZARD Engage boom swing lock pin when backhoe not in use. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English 47960437 Spanish 47961438 French Canadian 47961439

47960437A

52

Location: On the boom cylinder.

RCPH10TLB121AAF

2-43

53

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(26)/ (27) Before adjusting rear windows. Machines with pilot control only WARNING Unexpected movement hazard. Before adjusting windows, turn off backhoe control system. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English 87423813 Spanish 87429163 French Canadian 87429164

87423813

54

Location: On the inside of the left-hand rear frame.

RCPH10TLB121AAF

55

RCPH10TLB122AAF

56

Location: On the inside of the right-hand rear frame.

2-44

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(28) Crush hazard WARNING Crush hazard. Keep Clear. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English RDL–3125

RCIL10TLB012BAF

57

RCPH10TLB117AAF

58

RCIL10TLB025AAF

59

RCPH10TLB117AAF

60

Location: On the left-hand side of the 4-in-1 bucket.

(29) Pinch point WARNING Pinch point. Stay clear. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English RDL–3127

Location: On the left-hand side of the 4-in-1 bucket.

2-45

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(30) Crush hazard WARNING Keep out from under loader and all attached equipment when moving release handle. Keep others clear. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English RDL–3108

RCIL10TLB011BAF

61

RCPH10TLB117AAF

62

Location: On the rear left-hand side of the 4-in-1 bucket.

2-46

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(31)/ (32) Before operating attachment WARNING Before operating attachment, read and understand attachment Operator’s manual and all safety signs.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 2 English RDL-3141

RCIL10TLB026AAF

63

RCPH10TLB118AAF

64

RCPH10TLB123AAF

65

Location: On the rear center of the 4-in-1 bucket.

Location: On the rear center of the hydraulic coupler.

2-47

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(33) Hydraulic pressure WARNING Do not use hands to find hydraulic leaks. Relieve pressure before disconnecting lines. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English RDL–3129

RCIL10TLB009BAF

66

RCPH10TLB118AAF

67

Location: On the rear center of the 4-in-1 bucket.

2-48

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(34) Loader latch pins WARNING Fully engage latch pins before operating. Keep others clear. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

Quantity: 1 English RDL–3107

RCIL10TLB033AAF

68

RCPH10TLB123AAF

69

RCIL10TLB032AAF

70

RCPH10TLB118AAF

71

Location: On the rear center of the hydraulic coupler.

(35) Safety Instruction SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1. Make sure everyone is clear before operating the machine.

2. Lower attachment, shut off motor and set parking brake before leaving the machine.

3. Relieve pressure and disconnect hydraulic lines before servicing.

Quantity: 1 English RDL–3139

Location: On the rear center of the 4-in-1 bucket with a hydraulic coupler.

2-49

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(36) Parking brake PARKING BRAKE Always set parking brake before leaving seat. After startup, cycle park brake switch ON/OFF to release parking brake.

Quantity: 1 English 87702297 Spanish 87708227 French Canadian 87708242

87702297A

72

Location: On the right-hand side console.

RCPH10TLB151AAF

2-50

73

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

(37) Operator’s Manual IMPORTANT Operator’s manual in box underneath this cover. Do not remove. Before operating, read all operators manual(s), safety and instructional signs on this machine. It is your responsibility to follow all laws and regulations and to follow and instructions in the operators Manual. See your local dealer for additional operators manuals, parts manuals and service manuals.

Quantity: 1 English 144193A2 Spanish 398662A1 French Canadian 398663A1

144193A2

74

Location: On the storage box lid.

RCPH10TLB151AAF

2-51

75

2 - SAFETY INFORMATION

2-52

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS###_3_### ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM

Machine access WARNING Fall hazard!

Jumping on or off the machine could cause an injury. Always face the machine, use the handrails and steps, and get on or off slowly. Maintain a three-point contact to avoid falling: both hands on the handrails and one foot on the step, or one hand on the handrail and both feet on the steps.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0141A

WARNING Fall hazard!

Clean the steps and access handles to remove all traces of grease, oil, mud, and ice (in winter).

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0139A

WARNING Unexpected movement!

Always engage the parking brake and switch off the engine before exiting the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0209A

WARNING Fall hazard!

When entering or exiting the cab, never use the control levers as handholds. Always mount and dismount the machine in a safe way. Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and/or handholds.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1340B

3-1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Access the platform from either side of the machine.

1. Face the machine.

2. If applicable, fully open the cab door.

3. Grab both hand holds.

4. Use the steps to climb onto the operator platform.

Exit the platform from either side of the machine.

1. If applicable, fully open the cab door.

2. Face the inside of the machine.

3. Grab both hand holds.

4. Use the steps to climb down from the operator platform.

RAIL14UTL0053BA

1

RAIL14TLB0456BA

2

RCPH10TLB333AAF

3

From outside of the cab: Pull the handle away from the machine.

From inside the cab: Pull the knob towards the rear of the machine (image shown).

3-2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

OPERATOR'S SEAT

Operator seat Standard pedestal seat Seat height: Lift the lever to move the seat up or down. Release the lever and ensure the seat is locked in position.

RCPH10TLB133AAF

1

RCPH10TLB133AAF

2

RCPH10TLB133AAF

3

Swivel: Lift the lever to rotate between the normal driving/loader operation position and the backhoe operation position.

Forward/rearward: Lift the lever to move the seat forward or rearward. Release the lever and ensure the seat is locked in position.

3-3

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Suspension seat (mechanical or air) Swivel: Lift the lever to rotate between the normal driving/loader operation position and the backhoe operation position.

RCPH10TLB433AAF

4

RCPH10TLB433AAF

5

RAPH12UTL0093AA

6

Forward/rearward: Lift the lever to move the seat forward or rearward. Release the lever and ensure the seat is locked in position.

Backrest tilt: Located on the left-hand side of the seat. Lift the lever to tilt the seat backrest. Release the lever to lock the backrest in position.

3-4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Height/weight: NOTE: Mechanical suspension seat only.

Use the hand crank on the knob. Turn the knob clockwise to increase the seat height and suspension firmness. Turn counter-clockwise to decrease the seat height and suspension firmness.

RAPH12UTL0093AA

7

RCPH10TLB432AAF

8

RCPH10TLB431AAF

9

Ride firmness adjustment: NOTE: Air suspension seat only.

Turn the knob counter-clockwise for a firmer ride. Turn to the mid-point for travel.

Seat height: NOTE: Air suspension seat only.

Press the top of the switch to raise the seat.

Press the bottom of the switch to lower the seat.

3-5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Lumbar adjustment: Turn the wheel down (clockwise) to increase lumbar support. Turn the opposite direction (counter-clockwise) to decrease lumbar support.

RAIL14UTL0049BA

10

RAIL14UTL0050BA

11

Armrest adjustment: • Turn the knob (2) clockwise to tilt the front of the armrest (1) upward. Turn the knob counter-clockwise to tilt the front of the armrest downward.

• Push or pull to move the armrest (1) into a vertical position or a horizontal position.

• Loosen the bolts (3) and adjust the height of the armrest or move the armrest forward or backward. Tighten the bolts after the adjustment is made.

3-6

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

FORWARD CONTROLS

Front console - Left-hand switch panel Comfort Steer™, if equipped: The rocker switch is momentary and springs back to center when released. Press the emblem end to enable Comfort Steer™. The emblem illuminates. Press the opposite end to disable Comfort Steer™. The emblem no longer illuminates.

NOTE: Comfort Steer™ is only available when the transmission is in first or second gear. Comfort Steer™ will automatically disengage if the machine loses electrical power, the operator engages third or fourth gear, or the operator moves the key switch to the OFF position.

RCPH10TLB340AAF

1

RCPH10TLB340AAF

2

RCPH10TLB340AAF

3

RCPH10TLB340AAF

4

Front wiper: Three position rocker switch. Press the emblem once (center) to turn the front wiper to low. Press the emblem again to turn the front wiper to high. Press the opposite end all the way to turn off the front wiper.

Front windshield washer: Press and hold the emblem end of the rocker switch to activate the front windshield washer.

Release to stop the front windshield washer.

Loader quick coupler, if equipped: Press the left emblem of the rocker switch to disconnect the coupler.

Press the right emblem to connect (couple) to the attachment.

3-7

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Auto or manual shift, if equipped: NOTE: Powershift S-type transmissions only.

Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to engage auto shift.

Press the opposite end to disengage auto shift. You will need to shift gears manually.

RCPH10TLB340AAF

3-8

5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Front console - Right-hand switch panel Front work lights: Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to activate the front work lights. Press the opposite end to turn off the front work lights.

RCPH10TLB338AAF

1

RCPH10TLB338AAF

2

RCPH10TLB338AAF

3

RCPH10TLB338AAF

4

Hazard flasher lights: Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to activate the hazard (flashing) lights. Press the opposite end to turn off the hazard lights.

Rotating beacon, if equipped: Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to activate the beacon light. Press the opposite end to turn off the beacon light.

NOTE: The two remaining switch place holders are not used at this time.

If applicable, windshield wiper fluid container. Fill with windshield washer fluid as needed.

NOTICE: Do not fill with water during cold weather seasons.

3-9

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Steering column Direction control lever The direction control lever is on the left-hand side of the steering column and controls the direction of travel for the machine.

• The top position (F) is FORWARD. To travel forward, lift the lever and push completely forward.

• The center position (N) is NEUTRAL. Make sure that the direction control lever is in NEUTRAL before you start the engine or before you operate the backhoe.

• The bottom position (R) is REVERSE. To travel in reverse, lift the lever and pull completely rearward. An audible alarm will sound when in reverse.

RCPH10TLB112AAF

1

RCPH10TLB163AAF

2

Horn, light, and turn signal control lever The control lever is on the right-hand side of the steering column and activates the horn, driving lamp switch, and the turn signals.

Horn: Push the control lever away from you to activate the horn. Release to deactivate the horn.

Driving lights: Pull the control lever towards you to turn on the driving lights. Push the control lever back (returned to previous position) to turn off the driving lights.

Turn signals: Push the control lever up to signal a left turn. The left turn signal indicator lamp is illuminated. Push the control lever down to signal a right turn. The right turn signal indicator lamp is illuminated. Place the control lever in the center position to turn off (cancel) the turn signal for any direction.

NOTE: The turn signal does not self-cancel after you have completed the turn. You must return the control lever to the center position to turn off the turn signal.

3-10

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Turn signal display When a turn signal direction is selected from the control lever, the corresponding green lamp in the display illuminates.

RCPH10TLB141AAF

3

(1) Illuminates when the left turn signal is active.

(2) Illuminates when the right turn signal is active.

Steering wheel tilt lever, if equipped Pull the lever up toward the operator to adjust the steering wheel. Release the lever when the desired position is reached. Gently pull and/or push on the steering wheel to confirm the steering wheel locks into position.

RCPH10TLB164AAF

3-11

4

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Gear selector NOTICE: Transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is engaged.

Manual transmission The transmission shift lever (1) is on the right-hand side of the steering column. Press the clutch cutout button (2) before you shift gears (change gear). Release the clutch cutout button to engage the clutch after shifting.

RCPH10TLB111AAF

1

RCPH10TLB352AAF

2

RCPH10TLB351AAF

3

Powershift transmission (optional) For machines with the Powershift S-type transmission, the gear selection control is on the direction control lever on the left-hand side of the steering wheel. To select a gear, rotate the hand grip to align the number with the indicator mark on the control lever. The machine remains in the gear selection until the operator changes the selection.

The operator may select gears without stopping the machine.

Engage the auto shift button on the left-hand side of the front console to allow the Powershift transmission to shift automatically. You must select third gear or fourth gear for auto shift to operate, see 4-10 for more details. Disengage auto shift mode to manually shift between gears.

Kickdown control NOTE: Only available on machines with the optional Powershift S-type transmissions.

NOTE: This feature will only activate when second gear is selected in manual shift mode, or when the transmission is actually in second gear in auto shift mode.

NOTE: You may use the kickdown control when in auto or manual shift mode.

Kickdown is used to increase the digging force. The kickdown control lets the operator temporarily switch from second gear to first gear, without changing the gear selection control setting. The operator may experience a short pause or delay before the gear shift occurs.

1. Press the button at the end on the control lever to shift from second to first gear.

2. Press the button again to shift back to second gear.

NOTE: A button for kickdown control is also on the loader control lever.

3-12

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Pedal controls WARNING Loss of control hazard!

Uneven brake force exists on left-hand and right-hand brakes. To ensure uniform brake application and maximum stopping ability, always lock the service brake pedals together when operating the machine in 3rd or 4th gear or before road travel.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0146A

NOTE: Lock the service brake pedals together for uniform braking and maximum stopping ability. See “Uniform braking” on 4-9.

Left service brake pedal: When the service brake pedals are unlocked, as shown, press the left pedal to help turn the machine to the left.

RAIL17TLB0353BA

1

RAIL17TLB0353BA

2

RAIL17TLB0353BA

3

Right service brake pedal: When the service brake pedals are unlocked, as shown, press the right pedal to help turn the machine to the right.

Electronic foot throttle: Push down on the foot throttle to increase the engine speed. Release the foot throttle to decrease the engine speed.

3-13

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

Loader functions Bucket control, 4-in-1 bucket only: The bucket control switch opens or closes the bucket. An illustration of the different functions are provided on the decal with a description.

The bucket control switch can also be adjusted to activate a detent position for specific attachments or working conditions. See “Detent position for 4-in-1 bucket control switch” on 6-14.

RCPH10TLB337AAF

1

RCIL10TLB031AAF

2

RCPH10TLB337AAF

3

Roll the switch upward to open the bucket (1).

Release the switch to stop.

Roll the switch downward to close the bucket (2). Release the switch to stop.

Clutch cutout: The clutch cutout button lets the engine increase speed and supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for greater loader power and faster control function. When you push the clutch cutout button, the transmission is disengaged from the drive wheels. Release the clutch cutout button to engage the transmission power. The machine can move freely when the clutch cutout button is pushed.

If required, use the service brake to stop the machine.

3-14

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Transmission kickdown button: NOTE: Machines with the optional Powershift S-type transmission only.

NOTICE: This feature will only activate when second gear is selected in manual shift mode, or when the transmission is actually in second gear in auto shift mode.

NOTE: You may use the kickdown control when in auto or manual shift mode.

Kickdown is used to increase loader breakout force. The kickdown control lets the operator temporarily switch from second gear to first gear, without changing the gear selection control setting. The operator may experience a short pause or delay before the gear shift occurs.

RCPH10TLB337AAF

4

RCPH10TLB337AAF

5

RCIL10TLB031AAF

6

1. Press the button at the end on the control lever to shift from second to first gear.

2. Press the button again to shift up to second gear.

NOTE: A button for kickdown control is also provided on the direction control lever.

Differential lock: The differential lock button engages or disengages the differential lock. To engage the differential lock, ensure that neither rear wheel is spinning freely and press and hold the button. Release the button to disengage the differential lock.

NOTE: The differential lock is only available when the machine is in first or second gear.

Joystick controls The loader control lever works as a joystick to perform lift arm and bucket functions. Use the illustration next to the control handle as a guide for the different functions.

Neutral: The joystick is at center (not pushed or pulled in a direction of control). The loader lift arms and the bucket stop moving when the control lever is in the neutral (hold) position. The joystick automatically returns to neutral when you stop pushing the control lever in the direction of another position (such as raise).

The float position is the only control that does not automatically return to the neutral position.

You must manually move the control lever from the float position to the neutral position to stop the float control.

3-15

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Float: From the neutral position, push the loader control lever all the way forward past the lower position to the float position. When in the float position, the bucket can follow the level of the ground without movement of the control lever.

To stop the float control, push the control lever back to the neutral position.

RCIL10TLB031AAF

7

RCIL10TLB031AAF

8

RCIL10TLB031AAF

9

Lower: From the neutral position, push the loader control lever forward to move the lift arms down.

Raise: From the neutral position, push the loader control lever back to move the lift arms up.

Rollback: From the neutral position, move the control lever to the left to roll back (curl) the bucket.

RCIL10TLB031AAF

3-16

10

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Dump: From the neutral position, move the control lever to the right to dump the bucket.

RCIL10TLB031AAF

11

RCIL10TLB031AAF

12

Return to dig: After the bucket is dumped, use the return to dig feature to place the bucket in position for another dig cycle.

Move the control lever to the rollback position and the float position. The bucket will roll backward until the bottom of the bucket is level and then stops. The loader arms will lower until the bucket reaches the ground or you manually move the control lever to the neutral position.

NOTE: The seat must be locked in the loader operation position to use the return to dig feature.

3-17

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Console controls Key switch The key switch has four positions.

• ACC - Turn the key counter-clockwise from the OFF position to ACC , to give power to the accessories.

• OFF - To shut down the engine, turn the key to the OFF position. After the engine has stopped, remove the key.

• ON - Turn the key clockwise to the ON position. There will be a momentary delay as the system powers up.

For example, allow two or three seconds with the key switch at ON before cranking the engine on machines with the advanced instrument cluster.

• START - Turn the key completely clockwise to the START position to actuate the starter motor. After the engine starts, release the key. The key will return automatically to the ON position.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

1

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), if equipped When the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) is engaged, only operate the machine in first or second gear. Disengage the 4WD before operating on a hard surface or in third or fourth gear.

Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to engage the 4WD. The emblem illuminates.

Press the opposite end to disengage. The emblem no longer illuminates.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

3-18

2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) or Ride Control™ WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Stand clear of the loader arms. With ride control enabled and the key switch in the ON or ACC position, the loader arms can drop slightly due to the hydraulic accumulator.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0177A

WARNING Unexpected movement!

Stand clear of the machine. Activating ride control when the loader arm is applying down force, for example supporting or lifting the front end of the machine off the ground, may cause the machine or load to lower unexpectedly.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1163A

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) or Ride Control™ reduces the fore and aft pitching motion during transport and material hauling operations, while allowing increased productivity and operator comfort. Engage Ride Control™ to limit loader down pressure to the weight of the loader and the attachment. The weight of the attachment is hydraulically cushioned during transport. Ride Control™ also reduces shock loads to the machine.

NOTE: Do not use Ride Control™ or ARC when the bucket is used in fine grading operations or when precision placement of a load suspended from the bucket or other attachment is required.

Ride Control™ , if equipped - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) machines only To engage Ride Control™l, lower the loader attachment (for example, bucket) to or near the ground line and press the emblem end of the rocker switch. The emblem illuminates.

There can be a slight loader arm drop when ride control is engaged. Press the opposite end to disengage. The emblem no longer illuminates.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

3

RCPH10TLB078AAF

4

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC), if equipped - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) machines only The machine is equipped with a three position ride control switch (ON, AUTO, and OFF).

Most commonly, the operator will choose to leave this switch in the AUTO mode (center) position. The emblem will illuminate green indicating ride control is functioning anytime the machine is traveling within the default speed threshold of 7.1 – 8.7 km/h (4.4 – 5.4 mph). Turn ride control OFF, push the bottom of the function switch. Turn ride control ON, push the top of the switch the emblem illuminates green.

NOTE: Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed settings are adjustable to suit the operator’s preference. See “AutoRide Control™ (ARC)” setting procedure on 4-17.

3-19

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Parking brake The parking brake is a Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Released (SAHR) brake. Apply the parking brake before turning off the engine. The parking brake is always engaged on startup. At start up, cycle the switch from the park emblem to the O emblem. Cycle the switch, regardless of the position the switch was in at startup.

Press the top emblem of the rocker switch to set the parking brake.

Press the bottom emblem to release the parking brake.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

NOTICE: Transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is engaged.

3-20

5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls Inside temperature control Air-conditioning, if equipped: Turn the knob clockwise to increase air-conditioning flow to decrease the temperature in the cab. Turn completely clockwise for the coldest setting. Turn completely counter-clockwise to stop the flow.

NOTE: During some conditions, it is possible to have ice on the air-conditioning core. Ice can be caused by operating at the maximum cold setting of the air-conditioning control with the blower speed at low. It is best to operate air-conditioning at the center range of the temperature control with the blower speed at medium or high. If ice does block the core, you will feel a reduction of air flow in the cab. Close the recirculation grille, turn the temperature control to off and run the blower at high speed. Another cause of ice can be a restricted air filter in the cab.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

1

RCPH10TLB078AAF

2

RCPH10TLB078AAF

3

Blower: Turn the knob clockwise to increase the air flow in the cab. Turn completely counter-clockwise to stop the flow.

Heater: Turn the knob clockwise to increase heater flow to increase the temperature in the cab.

Turn counter-clockwise to decrease flow.

3-21

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Air circulation control The air louvers in this cab are adjustable and can be completely closed. Move the two bars in each louver to the center to stop air flow. Move each bar outward to start enable flow.

Defrost: There are two louvers in the front of the cab and two in the rear of the cab. To get maximum air flow, close the recirculation grille in the center of the cab and the two main louvers by the center posts.

RCPH10TLB349AAF

4

RCPH10TLB349AAF

5

RCPH10TLB349AAF

6

Main: The two louvers by the B-posts are used to direct the flow of air for heating and cooling.

Recirculation grille: The grille between the main louvers is used for recirculation of the cab air. To get maximum pressure in the cab, close the recirculation grille. To get maximum heat in the winter and maximum cooling in the summer, open the recirculation grille.

3-22

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Lower vents: These vents are used to direct the flow of air for heating and cooling. To get maximum air flow from the lower vents, close the overhead louvers and the recirculation grille.

• Front of the cab, center

RCPH10TLB088AAF

7

RCPH10TLB089AAF

8

• Rear of cab, side console

3-23

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Cab windshield and windows - Open/Close Side windows The front and rear side windows can be held in an open position, a closed position, or held in a partially opened position.

NOTICE: If one window is in a full open position the adjacent window must be held in a closed position or a partially opened position. If neither window is secured to the cab frame; damage to the window and window components may occur.

NOTE: The procedures are the same for the front side window on the cab door and the rear side window of the cab.

Opening the side window: NOTE: The front left-hand side cab door window is shown in the following procedure. The procedure is the same if the operator chooses to open the rear side cab window.

1. Rotate the window latch handle (3) 90° clockwise until the latch (2) disengages the locking bracket (1) detent.

3-24

RAIL17TLB0474BA

1

RAIL17TLB0356BA

2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

For a partially open window: 2. Push the window open slightly.

3. Rotate the window latch handle (1) 90° counter-clockwise until the latch (2) fully engages the slot (3) of the locking bracket (4). The window is now secured in a partially open position.

3-25

RAIL17TLB0356BA

3

RAIL17TLB0475BA

4

RAIL17TLB0357BA

5

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

NOTE: The operator may choose to partially open the adjacent window before setting a window in a fully opened position.

For a fully open window: 4. Push the window fully open until the hold open latch (1) on the opening window (2) engages the hold open latch (3) on the adjacent window (4).

5. The window is now secured in a fully open position.

3-26

RAIL17TLB0354BA

6

RAIL17TLB0362BA

7

RAIL17TLB0478BA

8

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Closing the window NOTE: The operator may choose to unlatch a fully open window from the operator’s seat or from the outside of the machine. The procedure shows the procedure from the operator’s seat.

1. From inside the cab, press the release lever (1) of the hold open latch in the direction of the backhoe until the hold open latches disengage each other.

2. Pull the open window to the closed position.

RAIL17TLB0479BA

9

3. Pull the window latch handle (3) inward and rotate the handle 90° until the latch (2) engages the detent of the locking bracket (1). The window is now in a securely closed position.

3-27

RAIL17TLB0356BA

10

RAIL17TLB0474BA

11

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Rear windows WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Turn off the backhoe control system before adjusting the windows.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0181A

Use the window handle latches (1) / (3) to raise or lower the top and middle rear windows.

1. A window handle latch (1)/ (3) is at each side of the window. Squeeze the handles and slide the window up or down.

2. Release the top part of the window handle latch, guide the window up or down until both handle latches engage the locking rail (4) on the side frame.

NOTE: The window handle latches (1) on the top window (2) engage a locking rail on the outside of the cab.

RAIL17TLB0488BA

3-28

12

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

The operator may position the top and middle rear windows in several positions.

• The lowest position of the top window is to the inside curve (2) of the middle window position. The highest position is the top of the rear window frame.

• The lowest position of the middle window is the top of the fixed bottom window (3). The highest position of the middle window is to the top slot of the internal locking rail (1).

• The bottom window is in a fixed position. However, the operator may raise the bottom window for cleaning out the inside of the cab.

RAIL17TLB0488BA

13

RAIL17TLB0488BA

14

Raise the bottom window: 1. Raise the middle window (3) until the window latches (2) engage a slot on the top internal locking rail (1).

2. Remove the screws from the lowest section (4) of the internal locking rail.

3. Slide the lowest section of the internal locking rail (4) out of the rear window frame.

NOTE: The middle sections of the internal locking rail may slide down. Leave them inside the frame.

3-29

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

4. Move the rubber stoppers (2) from the top of the fixed window upward to support the middle internal locking sections (1).

RAIL17TLB0497BA

15

RAIL17TLB0496BA

16

NOTICE: The upper part of the rear window frame is wider than the width of the bottom window. If you remove all of the middle sections of the internal locking rail, the higher you raise the bottom window the more likely you will remove the bottom window from the frame. Use caution not to drop the bottom window.

5. Raise the bottom window (1); place a support block between the bottom of the window (2) and the frame (3).

3-30

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Secure the bottom window in the fixed position.

1. Remove the support block and guide the bottom window (1) downward into position.

NOTE: Make sure that the window edges are fully seated inside the frame rail seal strip (2).

RAIL17TLB0496BA

17

RAIL17TLB0500BA

18

2. Insert the rubber stoppers (1) on top of the window inside the frame.

3-31

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

3. Slide the middle sections of the internal locking rail (1) upward into position and hold in place.

RAIL17TLB0501BA

19

RAIL17TLB0502BA

20

NOTICE: Do not over torque the screws you may damage the internal locking rail section. If you damage one of the internal locking rails replace it with one of the middle sections.

4. Slide the bottom section of the internal locking rail (1) into the frame and secure with screws. Tighten screws to a torque of 1.5 – 2.0 N·m (13.3 – 17.7 lb in).

3-32

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

REARWARD CONTROLS

Console controls The rearward console is next to the instrument cluster on the right-hand side of the machine.

NOTE: When using the rearward console, the seat will be turned around so that the operator faces the backhoe and the controls will be by the operator's left-hand.

Hand throttle NOTICE: Only use the hand throttle to control engine speed for backhoe operations.

Turn the dial clockwise to increase engine speed. Turn counter-clockwise to decrease engine speed. When the foot throttle is used and released, the engine will default to the speed at which the hand throttle control is set.

NOTE: The hand throttle is disallowed (uncaptured) whenever the seat is turned. If the brake enabled idle feature is active, the hand throttle is also disallowed when either brake pedal is pressed. In both cases, return the hand throttle dial to the idle position to restore (recapture) the hand throttle.

RAIL14TLB0466AA

1

RAIL14TLB0466AA

2

RAIL14TLB0465AA

3

Switch/button operations Rear and side work lights Three position rocker switch. Press the emblem end once (center) to activate the rear work lights only. Press the emblem end again to activate the side work lights (rear work lights remain on). Press the opposite end all the way to turn off the rear and side work lights.

Rear wiper Three position rocker switch. Press the emblem end once (center) to turn the rear wiper to low. Press the emblem end a second time to turn the rear wiper to high. Press the opposite end all the way to turn off the rear wiper.

3-33

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Rear window washer Press and hold the emblem end of the rocker switch to activate the rear window washer.

Release to stop the rear window washer.

RAIL14TLB0466AA

4

RAIL14TLB0466AA

5

RAIL14TLB0466AA

6

RAIL14TLB0466AA

7

Horn Push and hold the button to activate the horn. Release to deactivate the horn.

Backhoe quick coupler, if equipped Press the top emblem of the rocker switch to disengage or retract the backhoe quick coupler pins.

Press the bottom emblem of the rocker switch to engage or extend the backhoe quick coupler pins.

Auxiliary hydraulics control, if equipped NOTE: Machines with dual auxiliary hydraulics only.

The auxiliary hydraulic switch enables power for the selected hydraulic flow only. For example, if the switch is enabled for bi-directional control, the uni-directional controls (such as the foot pedal) are disabled. Once the switch is enabled, use the auxiliary hydraulic control for the attachment as normal.

Press the top emblem to enable bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics. Use the auxiliary hydraulic control (lever or buttons) for the attachment as normal.

Press the bottom emblem of the rocker switch to enable uni-directional auxiliary hydraulics.

Use the auxiliary hydraulic control (pedal or button) for the attachment as normal.

3-34

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe controls - Mechanical Backhoe controls with foot swing

RCPH10TLB006GAF

1. Stabilizers, left-hand and right-hand 2. Bucket 3. Dipper

4. Boom 5. Right-hand swing 6. Left-hand swing

3-35

1

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe controls with foot swing and Extend-a-hoe

RCPH10TLB005CAF

1. Stabilizers, left-hand and right-hand 2. Bucket 3. Dipper 4. Boom

5. Extend-a-hoe 6. Right-hand swing 7. Left-hand swing

3-36

2

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe controls with hand swing

RCPH10TLB001GAF

1. Boom and swing 2. Bucket and dipper

3. Stabilizer, left and right

3-37

3

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe controls with hand swing and Extend-a-hoe

RCPH10TLB002GAF

1. Boom and swing 2. Bucket and dipper

4

3. Extend-a-hoe dipper 4. Stabilizer, left-hand and right-hand

3-38

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Auxiliary hydraulic controls Control pedal, uni-directional control

RCPH10TLB115AAF

5

RAIL14TLB0704AA

6

Control lever, bi-directional control

3-39

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe controls - Pilot WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Pilot controls have two different backhoe controls patterns; before operating the machine, check which control function is active.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0185A

Left-hand backhoe control lever • Control pattern 1 - Controls the boom and swing functions.

• Control pattern 2 - Controls the dipper and swing functions.

NOTE: The control pattern switch illuminates when pattern 2 is enabled. The control pattern switch is located on the right control tower.

RCPH10TLB135AAF

1

RAIL14TLB0705AA

2

RAIL14TLB0705AA

3

Uni-directional auxiliary hydraulics ON/OFF button.

Bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics Proportional control buttons.

3-40

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Horn Push and hold the button to activate the horn. Release to deactivate the horn.

RAIL14TLB0705AA

4

RCPH10TLB135AAF

5

RAIL14TLB0703AA

6

RCPH10TLB135AAF

7

Wrist rest Turn the knob counter-clockwise and reposition the left wrist rest. Turn clockwise to tighten in position.

Tower tip On the backhoe side of the tower. Turn the knob counterclockwise and tip the upper part of the left tower. Turn clockwise to lock in position.

Stabilizers Push the switch down to lower the stabilizer. Push upward to raise the stabilizer.

Stabilizer auto up function: Push the switch all the way up, momentarily past the detent position. Release the switch and the stabilizer automatically raises to the full up (transport) position. To cancel auto up, push the switch up or down.

NOTICE: Lower both the right-side and the left-side stabilizers at the same time.

(1) Left-side stabilizer control (2) Right-side stabilizer control

3-41

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Right-hand backhoe control lever • Backhoe control pattern 1 - Controls the dipper and bucket functions.

• Excavator control pattern 2 - Controls the boom and bucket functions.

NOTE: The control pattern switch illuminates when excavator control pattern 2 is enabled. The control patterns switch is located on the right-hand control tower.

RCPH10TLB136AAF

8

RCPH10TLB076AAF

9

Extend-a-hoe controls, if equipped • Extend - Push and hold the button to extend the dipper.

Release to stop.

• Retract - Push and hold the button to retract the dipper.

Release to stop.

RCPH10TLB076AAF

10

RCPH10TLB076AAF

11

NOTE: The Extend-a-hoe control buttons are proportional. Push the button harder to increase the speed of the extend-a-hoe movement.

Engine idle Push to the button to reduce engine speed to idle. Push again to restore engine speed.

3-42

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Tower adjustment handles The left-hand tower and the right-hand towers can be moved forward or rearward for operator comfort. Squeeze the handles together and adjust as necessary. Release the handles to secure the towers in the desired position.

RCPH10TLB137AAF

12

RCPH10TLB137AAF

13

RCPH10TLB299AAF

14

Wrist rest Turn the knob counter-clockwise and reposition the right wrist rest. Turn clockwise to tighten in position.

Tower tip On the backhoe side of the tower. Turn the knob counterclockwise and tip the upper part of the right tower. Turn clockwise to lock the tower tip in position.

3-43

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe pilot enable switch Locate the backhoe pilot enable switch on the right-hand pilot control tower. The switch is used to enable or disable the backhoe controls, including the swing, boom, dipper, bucket, and stabilizers. the Backhoe pilot enable switch has three positions: • Press the non-emblem end to disable all backhoe hydraulic controls including the stabilizers.

• Place the switch in the center (neutral) position to enable only the stabilizer controls.

• Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to enable all backhoe controls including stabilizers. The emblem will illuminate and the switch will return to the center position. All backhoe hydraulics are now activated.

NOTE: Turn the pilot control switch to the ON position, wait approximately half a second before activating the stabilizers, Extend-a-hoe (if equipped), or bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped). If an operator attempts to operate the functions before the delay passes, the functions will not operate. Cycle the power switch and wait for the delay to pass.

NOTE: Once enabled, all pilot controls stay active until the switch is placed in the OFF position or the key switch is placed in the OFF position. Any time the key switch is turned OFF, the backhoe hydraulics will be disabled and the stabilizers will either be ON or OFF, depending on the switch position. When the key switch is turned ON again, the operator must push the emblem to enable all the backhoe hydraulics.

3-44

RCPH10TLB077AAF

15

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Backhoe control pattern switch Select between Backhoe or Excavator control patterns.

To change the switch position, push the orange locking tab towards the center of the switch to release the lock.

Once the selection is made move the tab into a the locked position.

NOTE: To prevent accidental switching of the patterns, use two hands to change the switch position.

For information on the functions controlled by the two patterns, refer to the decal on the tower and/or the examples that follow.

RCPH10TLB077AAF

16

RCPH10TLB006BAF

18

RCPH10TLB157AAF

20

Backhoe control pattern 1

RCPH10TLB125AAF

(1) Boom and swing

17

(2) Dipper and bucket

Excavator control pattern 2

RCPH10TLB125AAF

(1) Dipper and swing

19

(2) Boom and bucket

3-45

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

OVERHEAD CONTROLS

Dome light The dome light switch has three positions: • Auto On - Dome light illuminates only when the door is opened. The light turns off when the door is closed.

• Off - Dome light remains off.

• On - Dome light illuminates continuously.

RCPH10TLB350AAF

1

RCPH10TLB350AAF

1

Radio (if equipped) See the radio user manual that ships with the machine for details on radio features, controls, and operation.

3-46

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

DISPLAY

Advanced Instrument Cluster (AIC) The vehicle controller, engine controller, and electronic transmission controller, if equipped, on the machine monitors machine functions and controls. The control modules also activate warning lamps and audible alarms and display information on the AIC display.

NOTICE: Before starting the machine, turn the key switch to the ON position and wait two seconds before turning the key switch to the START position. The two second delay is required as it allows the engine controller time to power up before engine cranking is allowed.

Indicator/warning/danger lamps Machine fault Warning lamp. Illuminates when a machine fault (vehicle, engine, or electronic transmission controller) has been detected. A one second audible alarm will sound per key cycle.

RCPH10TLB138AAF

1

RCPH10TLB138AAF

2

RCPH10TLB138AAF

3

Driving lights Indicator lamp. Illuminates when the driving lamp switch is in the ON position.

Low engine oil pressure Warning lamp. Illuminates when, with the engine running, there is no or low oil pressure in the engine. Do not run the engine when this lamp illuminates. A continuous audible alarm will sound when this condition exists.

3-47

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Stop engine NOTICE: Always stop the machine and shut down the engine whenever this lamp illuminates.

Danger lamp. Illuminates with a continuous audible alarm when a critical condition is detected by the vehicle controller, engine controller, or electronic transmission controller, if equipped.

Examples of critical conditions: • Engine coolant temperature is too high.

• Engine oil pressure is too low or too high.

RCPH10TLB138AAF

4

RCPH10TLB138AAF

5

RCPH10TLB138AAF

6

• Transmission oil pressure is too low.

• Transmission oil temperature is too high.

• Unauthorized software upgrades (engine de-rate will occur)

Alternator Warning lamp. Illuminates when, with the engine running, the alternator is not charging the battery.

Parking brake Indicator lamp. Illuminates when the parking brake is set.

3-48

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Air filter restriction Warning lamp. Illuminates and a one second audible alarm sounds when, with the engine running, the air filter element is restricted and requires service. Clean or replace the primary filter and/or replace the secondary filter when this lamp illuminates.

RCPH10TLB138AAF

7

RCPH10TLB138AAF

8

RCPH10TLB138AAF

9

Hydraulic filter Warning lamp. Illuminates when, with the engine running, the hydraulic filter is restricted and requires service.

Air-conditioning system pressure Indicator lamp. Illuminates when the air-conditioner stops working due to refrigerant pressures that are too high.

Engine pre-heat Indicator lamp. Illuminates when, with the key switch in the ON position, the incoming engine air needs to be pre-heated due to cold temperatures. Wait until the lamp goes off before turning the key switch to the START position.

RCPH10TLB138AAF

3-49

10

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Low fuel level Warning lamp. Illuminates and a one second audible alarm sounds when the fuel level is low.

RCPH10TLB138AAF

11

RCPH10TLB138AAF

12

RCPH10TLB138AAF

13

RCPH10TLB138AAF

14

Gauges and meters Engine coolant temperature Indicates the coolant temperature of the engine. The temperature of the coolant is normal when the gauge needle is in the green area of the gauge. When the gauge needle goes to the end of the red area (last tick mark), a continuous audible alarm will sound. Stop the engine and check the level of the coolant in the coolant reservoir, check for debris on the radiator/oil cooler, and/or check for a thermostat that does not operate correctly.

Oil temperature, torque converter Indicates the oil temperature of the torque converter. The temperature of the oil is normal when the gauge needle is in the green area of the gauge. When the gauge needle goes to the end of the red area (last tick mark), a continuous audible alarm will sound.

When the gauge needle goes into the red area, move the direction control lever to the neutral position and run the engine at full throttle. If this procedure does not reduce the temperature of the oil, check the oil level and check for obstruction in the radiator and oil cooler.

Tachometer Shows the engine speed in Revolutions Per Minute (RPM). Each tick mark on the gauge is equal to 100 RPM. It is recommended that the engine be run in the green area of the gauge.

3-50

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Voltmeter Indicates the condition of the electrical system.

The electrical system voltage is normal when the gauge needle is in the green area of the gauge ( 11 – 15.3 V) when the key switch is in the ON position. When the gauge needle is in the lower red area, the charge of the battery is too low or the alternator is not charging enough.

NOTICE: When the gauge continues to read in the red area, this will result in damage to the battery. Identify and rectify the cause/contact your dealer

RCPH10TLB138AAF

15

RCPH10TLB138AAF

16

Fuel level Indicates the level of fuel in the machine.

When the fuel level is low, the low fuel level warning light also illuminates.

3-51

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Menu screen display Display screen In addition to the indicator/warning lamps, the Advanced Instrument Cluster (AIC) displays information on the display screen. The next few pages describe the standard menu screens that are used to program machine functionality, perform diagnostics, and troubleshooting.

NOTE: The machine’s electronic controllers communicate with the Advanced Instrument Cluster (AIC) to notify the operator of required actions, machine warnings, and assist technicians with diagnostics and troubleshooting. For a list of possible display screen messages not part of the standard display menu see “Display screen messages” 8-2.

RCPH10TLB138AAF

1

RCPH10TLB140AAF

2

RCPH10TLB194AAF

3

RCIL10TLB035AAF

4

Use the two rocker switches on the side console to move through the menu screens.

• Escape (1) - Return to the previous top menu or escape back to the main screen.

• Up arrow (2) - Move backward through the menu screens.

• Down arrow (3) - Move forward through the menu screens.

• Enter (4) - Select specific display screens or store screen-defined configuration settings to memory.

Main screen (engine hour or hourmeter) On start up, shows the main screen graphic along with the machine hours.

NOTE: You may check the engine hours without the ignition key. Press either of the menu selection switches and the current engine hours will appear in the display for 10 s.

Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) sensitivity NOTE: Machines with the optional Powershift transmission only. The factory default setting is 2.

Increase or decrease the sensitivity setting for shifting between Forward-Neutral-Reverse, 1 is least aggressive and 3 is most aggressive.

NOTE: See “Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity” 6-1 for more details.

3-52

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Display dimmer/brightness Increase or decease the screen brightness. Four bars are maximum screen brightness.

NOTE: See “Display brightness” 6-2 for more details.

RCPH10TLB196AAF

5

RCPH10TLB198AAF

6

RCPH10TLB199AAF

7

RCPH10TLB201AAF

8

Service interval Select the service interval, when reached, displays on the screen at key up.

• Heavy service hours: 500 – 1000 h at 100 h increments.

• Light service hours: 50 – 500 h at 50 h increments.

NOTE: The screen displays '---' if no service interval is specified.

Stored fault code Access the stored fault code information to view reported error codes, the number of occurrences, and time of last occurrence.

Maximum throttle/cold start idle Access the Idle Increment screen to adjust the cold start idle and maximum throttle values for special operating conditions.

NOTE: See “Maximum throttle/Cold start idle” 6-3 for more details.

3-53

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Machine hardware Displays machine hardware information.

NOTE: The figure is for example purposes only.

RCPH10TLB422AAF

9

Machine software Displays machine software information.

NOTE: The figure is for example purposes only.

RCPH10TLB421AAF

10

RAIL14UTL0003AA

11

RCPH10TLB195AAF

12

Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) When the operator engages either of the brake pedals, and the optional hand throttle is above idle, the hand throttle is then reset to the idle value (uncaptured). To recapture, turn the hand throttle to idle and then turn to the desired throttle setting.

You may turn the brake enabled idle ON (default setting) or OFF (one key cycle).

NOTE: See ”Brake Enabled Idle (BEI)” 6-5 for more details.

Throttle sensitivity Select the sensitivity level for the electronic foot throttle, 1 is least aggressive and 3 is most aggressive. Operators may change the electronic throttle sensitivity for working conditions or personal preference.

NOTE: See “Throttle sensitivity” 6-7 for more details.

3-54

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

Oil life reset The Engine Control Unit (ECU) tracks engine oil life. The operator is notified that an oil change is required. The operator may reset the notification after the oil change has occurred, see “Oil life reset” 6-8.

RCPH11TLB011AAD

13

RCPH11TLB001AAD

14

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed threshold; if equipped: Three factory preset speed thresholds available. Speeds are approximate depending on tire size, model, and transmission type: • Setting 1 — Ride control activates when the machine is moving faster than 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) and deactivates when the machine is travelling slower than 6.8 km/h (4.2 mph).

• Setting 2 — Ride control activates when the machine is moving faster than 8.7 km/h (5.4 mph) and deactivates when the machine is travelling slower than 7.1 km/h (4.4 mph).

• Setting 3 — Ride control activates when the machine is moving faster than 9.3 km/h (5.8 mph) and deactivates when the machine is travelling slower than 7.7 km/h (4.8 mph).

Change the speed threshold setting, see “Auto Ride Control (ARC) speed thresholds” 6-10 for details.

NOTE: Speed threshold selection does not affect ARC or Ride control when ON is selected.

3-55

3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

3-56

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS###_4_### COMMISSIONING THE UNIT

Run in period of a new machine During the first 20 h of operation (new machine or after an engine rebuild), make sure you: • Operate the machine with normal loads for the first 8 h.

• Do not work the engine hard at stall speeds (wheels slowly turning or stopped and the engine running at full throttle).

• Keep the engine at normal operating temperature.

• Do not run the engine at idle speeds for long periods of time.

• Operating the machine at low idle for prolonged periods, This can cause a low operating temperature. Low operating temperature can cause acids and deposits in the engine oil..

• Perform the maintenance procedures listed in the maintenance chart: “Initial 10 hours”, “Every 10 hours or daily”, and the “Initial 20 hours”. If any abnormalities are found contact your authorized dealer immediately.

Engine speed It is recommended that you run the engine at full throttle when operating conditions permit and when safe.

NOTICE: Do not run the engine at idle speed for long periods. This can cause a low operating temperature. Low operating temperature can cause acids and deposits in the engine oil.

4-1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STARTING THE UNIT

Before starting the engine WARNING Inhalation/asphyxiation hazard!

Make sure there is proper ventilation before starting the engine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0091A

WARNING Hazard to bystanders!

Before you start the engine, make sure that the area surrounding the machine clear of all persons, and that the backhoe swing lock pin is in the LOCK position.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1449A

DANGER Avoid injury!

Starting in gear can cause death. Start the engine only from the operator's seat with the transmission control(s) in neutral.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0114A

NOTE: See the “Maintenance Chart” 7-39 for the procedures.

Starting for the first time Before you start the engine for the first time: • Make sure the machine is properly lubricated and greased.

• Check the engine oil level, engine coolant level, and transmission oil.

• Check that the machine fuel tank is filled with clean fuel that meets the specifications provided in this manual.

• Remove any water or sediment from the water separator.

• Check the tire air pressure and the wheel bolt torque.

At the start of each day • Adjust the position of the seat so that all controls may be moved through their entire range of motion.

• Fasten the seat belt.

• In the loader operation position, confirm that you are able to push the brake pedals all the way to the end of pedal action, while sitting with the seat belt fastened.

• If you are not using the backhoe, confirm that the swing lock pin is in the LOCK position.

• In the backhoe operation position, confirm that you are able to reach all backhoe control levers and switches and the throttle control. Confirm you can move all necessary controls through their entire range of motion.

4-2

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Normal engine starting NOTICE: If the engine does not start within 30 s, allow the starter to cool for one minute and then begin the procedure again.

1. Make sure that the seat is facing forward (in the loader operation position).

2. Adjust the seat and fasten the seat belt.

3. Place the directional control lever in the NEUTRAL position.

4. Turn the engine hand throttle to the low idle position.

5. Turn the key switch to the ON position and wait two to three seconds for the instrument cluster to self-check and power up.

6. Wait for the engine pre-heat lamp to turn off.

7. Push the foot throttle 1/4 down and turn the key switch to the START position to actuate the starter motor.

8. If the engine starts and stops, do not actuate the starter motor again until the starter motor stops turning.

10. After the engine starts: A. Check the instrument cluster to make sure the gauge indications show normal operation.

B. Run the engine at 1000 RPM until the coolant temperature is warm.

4-3

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Cold temperature operation NOTICE: Machines with optional “Severe Cold Weather Package” (SCWP) have specific fluid recommendations that must be followed for proper machine function. See 7-12.

Cold weather conditions cause special problems. During these conditions, your machine will require special attention to prevent serious damage. Cold weather maintenance will extend the service life of your machine.

To start and operate your machine during cold ambient temperatures, observe the following recommendation/instructions.

Battery and electrical components: • Ensure the batteries are at full charge.

• If you add water to the batteries, charge the batteries or run the engine for approximately two hours to prevent battery freezing in ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F).

• Inspect the battery cables and terminals. Clean and coat each terminal with a corrosion prevention product.

Engine: • Use engine oil with the correct viscosity for the ambient temperature range. CASE CONSTRUCTION recommends the use of CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SSL CJ-4 SAE 0W-40.

• Allow longer warm up periods to bring the machine and components up to operating temperature.

•

WARNING Explosion hazard!

DO NOT use ether starting fluid. Explosion, death, serious personal injury, or serious engine damage could occur.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0148B

Pre-heat system, engine glow plugs are standard. Turn the key switch to the ON position, the engine pre-heat lamp illuminates as the heater conditions indrawn air. Wait for the lamp to stop illuminating before starting the engine.

If the engine fails to start after two attempts, allow the battery to recover for 4 to 5 minutes before repeating the procedure.

•

WARNING Electrical shock hazard!

NEVER use an ungrounded or inadequate extension cord. Always use a functional (three-wire), grounded extension cord rated for the appropriate voltage and current (15 A), with circuit protection of either a standard circuit breaker or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI).

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0400A

If equipped, plug the engine block heater into 110 V outlet for up to four hours before starting the engine. Unplug the block heater before continuing with the cold weather start procedure.

Fuel system: • Check with your dealer for the correct cold weather fuel. In addition to the winter blend CASE CONSTRUCTION recommends the use of a cold weather diesel fuel additive. Follow the directions on the manufactures label.

• Check for water in the fuel system. Inspect the water separator every 50 h of operation or when the water in fuel warning

message appears. If water is found, check the fuel tank.

• Fill the fuel tank after each operating day to prevent condensation in the fuel tank and water entering the fuel system.

Cooling system • Keep the coolant at the correct level in the reservoir and radiator. Use CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT premix ( 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water). This mixture protects the engine cooling system to -35 °C (-31 °F).

4-4

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Machine start up in cold weather Starting machines at temperatures below -2 °C (29 °F).

1. If equipped, plug the engine block heater into an appropriate electrical outlet a few hours before starting the machine.

2. Turn the key switch to the ON position and check the instrument cluster.

3. If the machine is equipped with a pre-heat system, wait for the engine pre-heat lamp to stop illuminating.

4. Turn the key switch to the START position until the engine starts, then release the key.

NOTE: If the engine fails to start after a maximum of 30 s of cranking, repeat the starting procedure. Do not operate the starting motor for more than 60 s.

Machines at temperatures of -15 °C (5 °F) or lower: • Do not wait longer than 30 s after the engine pre-heat lamp has stopped illuminating before cranking the engine. If the delay is longer, the start up cycle is aborted and the process must be restarted.

• The Engine Control Unit (ECU) limits the maximum speed of the engine to 1200 RPM until the engine is properly warmed.

Warm up the hydraulic system When the temperature is below 4 °C (40 °F) you must warm up the hydraulic system: 1.

Run the engine at 1000 RPM until the coolant temperature is warm.

2.

Leave the boom in the transport position with the swing lock pin installed.

3.

If the machine is equipped with pilot controls, ensure that the backhoe and stabilizer control switch is enabled for all backhoe controls.

4.

Raise the engine throttle between 1600 – 1800 RPM.

5.

Place and hold the boom control in the down position.

6.

While holding the boom control to the end of the levers stroke, cycle the backhoe bucket in and out.

NOTE: Watch the filter restriction indicator lamp. If the oil is too cold the lamp will illuminate while the operator cycles the functions.

7.

Cycle the functions for approximately 30 s.

8.

Release the controls and leave the machine throttle set for approximately 15 s.

9.

Repeat steps 6 – 8 until the filter restriction indicator lamp remains off while cycling functions.

NOTE: Immediately after the warm up procedure, the machine may operate a bit slower than normal, but will quickly warm to normal operating speeds.

4-5

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Hot temperature operation Hot weather conditions cause special problems. During these conditions, your machine will require special attention to prevent serious damage. Hot weather maintenance will extend the service life of your machine.

Use CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT premix ( 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water) NOTICE: Prevent damage to the machine follow the list of instructions: 1. Keep the coolant at the correct level in the coolant reservoir and in the radiator.

2. See your dealer and have the de-aeration cap tested before hot weather starts. Replace the cap as required.

3. Clean all dirt and debris from the radiator, coolers, and engine area.

4. Check the condition of the fan drive belt.

5. Use lubricants of the correct viscosity.

4-6

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Booster battery procedure DANGER Explosion hazard and/or run over hazard!

Read the procedure in the operator's manual before jump-start or service to avoid injury.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0149A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

If battery electrolyte is frozen, attempting to charge the battery or jump-start the engine can cause the battery to explode. Always keep batteries at full charge to prevent frozen battery electrolyte. Never charge a frozen battery.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0203A

WARNING Explosive gas!

Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. Ventilate the charging area.

Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. Never charge a frozen battery.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0005A

WARNING Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0111A

Two persons are required for this procedure. Make sure the person making the connection is wearing hand and face protection.

Booster battery procedure with jump post 1. Sit in the operator's seat and have the other person make the connections. Make sure the booster batteries are 12 V. 2. If using another machine for power, make sure the two machines do not touch.

3. Connect the jumper cables to the booster battery.

4. Remove the red rubber boot from the terminal post.

5. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal as shown.

6. Connect the negative (-) jumper cable to the frame, as far away as possible from the positive (+) cable.

7. Start the engine and have the other person disconnect the negative (-) jumper cable first and the positive (+) jumper cable last.

8. Disconnect the jumper cables from the booster battery.

4-7

RAIL14TLB0399AA

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STOPPING THE UNIT

Shutting down the engine 1.

Before you leave the machine, make sure the machine is parked on a level surface. The machine must be on level ground before you do scheduled maintenance.

2.

Lower the loader bucket to the ground.

3.

Apply the parking brake and place the direction control lever in the NEUTRAL position.

4.

Move the backhoe into the stowed position.

5.

Move the hand throttle to the IDLE position.

6.

Run the engine at idle speed for 2 min (or more if the engine has been working at full load) to cool the engine parts evenly.

NOTICE: Shutting down the engine when at a higher RPM than idle will damage the turbocharger.

7.

Turn the key switch to the OFF position to shut down the engine. Remove the key.

8.

With the operator's seat in the backhoe operating position, install the backhoe swing lock pin. See 6-28 for more information.

9.

Position the seat in the driving position.

Parking on a hill WARNING Equipment rolling hazard!

Always try to park the machine on firm level ground. Avoid parking on slopes. Block the wheels in both directions.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0265A

NOTICE: If you must temporarily park the machine on a hillside, put the front of the machine toward the bottom of the hill. Make sure that the machine is behind an object that will not move.

4-8

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MOVING THE UNIT

Uniform braking WARNING Loss of control hazard!

Uneven brake force exists on left-hand and right-hand brakes. To ensure uniform brake application and maximum stopping ability, always lock the service brake pedals together when operating the machine in 3rd or 4th gear or before road travel.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0146A

Use the lock lever to lock the service brakes together for uniform braking.

Engage pedal lock: 1. Rotate the pedal lock lever upward.

2. Slide the lock lever all the way to the right into the right brake service pedal.

3. Rotate the lock lever downward to engage the pedal lock position.

Disengage pedal lock: 1. Rotate the lock lever upward.

RCPH10TLB148AAF

1

RCPH10TLB112AAF

1

2. Slide the lock lever all the way to the left completely out of the right brake service pedal.

3. Rotate the lock lever downward behind the pedal.

Machine direction The transmission directional control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position (2) before you can start the engine. If you attempt to start the machine with the control lever in FORWARD or REVERSE a constant audible alarm will sound.

• To travel forward, lift the direction control lever and push the lever completely forward (1).

• To travel in reverse, lift the direction control lever and pull the lever completely rearward (3).

NOTE: For smooth operation, reduce the engine speed before you change directions.

4-9

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Transmission gears NOTICE: Transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is engaged.

The transmission is synchronized in all gears. You may shift to any gear without stopping the machine.

When shifting gears, always make sure the engine speed remains in the normal (green) area of the tachometer.

Manual transmission Push the clutch cutout button on the shift lever before you shift gears.

RCPH10TLB111AAF

1

RCPH10TLB340AAF

2

Powershift S-Type transmission (optional) Manual shift mode 1. Press the blank side of the auto shift switch on the left-hand side of the front console.

2. Select a gear on the gear selector lever. Use the table as a guide for the appropriate gear selection.

Manual shift mode Number on gear selection control 1 2 3 4

Transmission gear First, forward or reverse Second, forward or reverse Third, forward or reverse Fourth, forward

NOTE: In manual mode, the machine will stay in the gear the operator selects.

4-10

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Auto shift mode 1. Press the emblem side of the auto shift switch (1) on the left-hand side of the front console.

2. Select a gear on the gear selector lever (2). Use the table as a guide for the appropriate gear selection.

NOTE: Automatic shifting is only available in third and fourth gears. Second gear is the lowest gear that the auto shift mode will shift into.

Auto shift mode Number on gear selection control 1 2 3 4

Transmission gear RCPH10TLB340AAF

First gear only, no automatic shifting Second gear only, no automatic shifting Automatic shifting between second and third gear Automatic shifting between second, third, and fourth gear

NOTE: When operating in automatic mode, some incline and load conditions may cause the transmission to constantly shift. For example shifting from fourth gear to third gear and back to fourth gear or shift from third gear to second gear and back to third gear. If this shifting occurs, downshift until the transmission discontinues shifting between gears.

4-11

3

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before operating the machine WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!

Before operating the machine, check for correct operation of steering, brakes, hydraulic controls, instruments, and safety equipment. Make sure the transmission control lever is in the neutral position.

Make all adjustments before operating the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0204A

Check the instrument panel Turn the key switch to the on position and verify that warning/indicator lights illuminate and turn off as designed.

Test the parking and service brakes NOTE: Review the procedures in their entirety before proceeding. Ensure you allow surplus room for machine travel.

1. To test the parking brake: A.

Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.

B.

Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.

C.

Move the operator's seat is into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.

D.

Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.

E.

Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.

F.

Start the engine.

G.

Disengage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), if equipped.

H.

Make sure that the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.

I.

Press and hold the service brakes and release the parking brake.

J.

Place the direction control lever in FORWARD.

K.

Release the service brakes.

L.

Increase the engine speed to full throttle.

M.

Travel forward approximately 8 m (26 ft).

N.

Engage the parking brake. The machine should come to a stop within 2 m (6.5 ft) of engaging the parking brake and the transmission should de-clutch. Contact your dealer for service as needed.

2. To test the service brakes: A.

Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.

B.

Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.

C.

Move the operator's seat is into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.

D.

Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.

E.

Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.

F.

Start the engine.

G.

Disengage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), if equipped.

H.

Make sure that the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.

I.

Press and hold the service brakes and release the parking brake.

J.

Place the direction control lever in FORWARD.

K.

Release the service brakes.

L.

Increase the engine speed to full throttle.

M.

When the machine is moving at full speed in second gear, push the brake pedals and stop the machine. The machine must stop smoothly and the brake pedal effort must feel firm. Contact your dealer for service as needed.

4-12

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Traveling on a hill WARNING Driving hazard!

Hillside operations can be dangerous. Rain, snow, ice, loose gravel, or soft ground, etc. can change the ground conditions. You must make a judgment if it is safe to operate your machine on any hillside or ramp.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0144A

WARNING Loss of control hazard!

Travel speed should be such that complete control and machine stability is maintained at all times.

Where possible, avoid operating near ditches, embankments and holes. Reduce speed when turning, crossing slopes, and on rough, slick, or muddy surfaces.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0233A

WARNING Overturning hazard!

Four-wheel drive (4WD) greatly increases traction. Extra caution is needed on slopes. Compared to two-wheel drive, a 4WD machine maintains traction on steeper slopes, increasing the possibility of overturning.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0453A

Before you operate the machine on a hill: • Always put the transmission in a lower gear and test the service brakes.

• Keep engine speed below 2500 RPM • Keep the machine in gear when traveling down a hill.

• Use caution if you must use the clutch cutout when you maneuver the machine.

• Keep loads centered in front of the machine.

4-13

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) control If equipped, Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) significantly improves traction in rough conditions. When the front axle is engaged, operate the machine only in first or second gear. Disengage the front axle before operating on the hard surface or in third or fourth gear.

NOTICE: The use of Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) when it is not required will increase the wear on machine components and affect the machines mobility in certain driving situations.

NOTE: You may engage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) when the machine is on the move or at a stop.

Engage or disengage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD): 1. Press the 4WD symbol end of the rocker switch to engage 4WD system.

NOTE: The 4WD symbol illuminates when 4WD is engaged.

2. Press the other side of the 4WD switch to disengage.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

4-14

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Differential lock system The differential lock gives equal power to both rear wheels and is used in conditions where traction is poor. The differential lock will not engage when the machine is in third or fourth gear you must be in first or second gear.

NOTE: The differential lock will release automatically when the load on the axle is removed.

NOTICE: You can cause damage to the rear axle if you try to engage the differential lock when the machine is turning or if one rear wheel is rotating faster than the other rear wheel.

If operating through a soft or muddy area: 1. Make sure that the machine is moving in a straight direction and that one of the rear wheels is not rotating faster than the other rear wheel.

2. Push and hold the differential lock button.

3. After you have moved through the area, release the button.

If the machine is stuck: 1. Make sure the rear wheels are not moving.

2. Push and hold the differential lock button.

RCPH10TLB337AAF

3. Release the button as soon as you regain traction.

4-15

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Ride Control™ - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) only WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Stand clear of the loader arms. With ride control enabled and the key switch in the ON or ACC position, the loader arms can drop slightly due to the hydraulic accumulator.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0177A

WARNING Unexpected movement!

Stand clear of the machine. Activating ride control when the loader arm is applying down force, for example supporting or lifting the front end of the machine off the ground, may cause the machine or load to lower unexpectedly.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1163A

Ride Control™ is an optional feature for machines with Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). When Ride Control™ is activated, the loader down pressure is limited to the weight of the loader and the attachment (bucket). The weight of the loader attachment is hydraulically cushioned during transport.

NOTE: Do not use Ride Control™ when the bucket is used in fine grading operations or when precision placement of a load suspended from the bucket or other attachment is required.

Before activating Ride Control™ perform the following actions: • Place the operator seat in the forward driving position.

• Place the hand throttle control at low idle.

• Only use the foot throttle.

• Make sure that the loader arm is not applying down force.

Activate Ride Control™: 1. Lower the loader bucket to or near the ground line.

2. Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to enable Ride Control™. The emblem illuminates.

3. Disable Ride Control™, press the blank side of the rocker switch. The emblem no longer illuminates.

RCPH10TLB078AAF

4-16

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) – Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Stand clear of the loader arms. With ride control enabled and the key switch in the ON or ACC position, the loader arms can drop slightly due to the hydraulic accumulator.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0177A

WARNING Unexpected movement!

Stand clear of the machine. Activating ride control when the loader arm is applying down force, for example supporting or lifting the front end of the machine off the ground, may cause the machine or load to lower unexpectedly.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1163A

Auto-Ride Control™ is an optional feature on machines with Four-Wheel Drive (4WD). When Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) is active, the loader down pressure is limited to the weight of the loader and the attachment (bucket). The weight of the loader attachment is hydraulically cushioned during transport.

NOTE: Auto-Ride Control™ should not be used for fine grading with the loader bucket, during backhoe operation or when precise placement of the loader is required.

NOTE: ARC speed settings can be adjusted to suit the operator’s preference. See “Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed thresholds” 6-10 for details.

Before activating Auto-Ride Control™ perform the following actions: • Face operator seat in the forward driving position.

• Place the hand throttle control at low idle.

• Only use the foot throttle.

• Down force is not being applied with the loader.

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) operation: 1. Place the rocker switch in the center position. In the automatic position, the emblem will illuminate green indicating Auto-Ride Control™ is functioning anytime the machine is traveling above the default speed threshold 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph).

2. Disable Auto-Ride Control™, press the blank side of the rocker switch. The emblem no longer illuminates.

Operator’s may choose to leave Auto-Ride Control™ in the AUTO (center) position. The selection will hold even when power to the machine has been cycled OFF and ON. Manual operation of Auto-Ride Control™: 1. Lower the loader bucket to or near the ground line.

2. Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to turn ON Auto-Ride Control™. The emblem illuminates.

3. Disable the manual operation of Auto-Ride Control™, press the blank side of the rocker switch. The emblem no longer illuminates.

4-17

RCPH10TLB078AAF

1

4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

4-18

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS###_5_### SHIPPING TRANSPORT

Transporting on a trailer WARNING Transport hazard!

The machine can slip or fall from a ramp or trailer. Make sure the ramp and trailer are not slippery.

Remove all oil, grease, ice, etc. Move the machine on or off the trailer with machine centered on the trailer or ramp.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0152A

NOTE: The machine shown may be different from your machine. The procedure is the same.

You must know all the applicable rules or laws for safety in each area that you will travel in. Make sure that the truck and trailer are equipped with the correct safety equipment.

Load the loader backhoe onto a trailer: 1. Park on a level surface.

2. Put a block at the front and rear of the trailer wheels.

RCPH10TLB056AAF

3.

Put the backhoe in the stowed position.

4.

Fasten the seat belt, shift the transmission to first gear, and slowly drive the machine onto the trailer.

5.

Lower the loader bucket onto the trailer, shift the direction control lever to NEUTRAL, and apply the parking brake.

6.

Release the backhoe from the stowed position.

7.

Lower the backhoe bucket or attachment to the floor of the trailer.

8.

Place the transmission in NEUTRAL.

9.

Shut down the engine and remove the key.

10. Put a block at the front and rear of each tire of the loader backhoe.

11. If equipped, make sure all windows are completely closed and secured.

NOTICE: Wind pressure can break the window latches or glass.

5-1

1

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

WARNING Transport hazard!

Only use the identified tie-down points to secure the machine for transport on a trailer.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1431A

12. Use chains and binders to fasten the machine to the trailer. Use the machine tie-down locations identified with the tie-down decal.

• Front chassis (1) (both sides): • All factory loader buckets include additional tiedown (2) locations (both sides). These locations are not identified with the tie-down decals but their use is recommended.

84315529A

2

RAIL17TLB0480BA

3

RAIL17TLB0487BA

4

RAIL17TLB0461AA

5

NOTE: Image (A) shows tie down locations on standard duty buckets (2) . Image (B) shows tie down locations on 4-n-1 buckets (2). The use of the bucket tie-down (2) locations is mandatory in some states/ countries but not required in other states/countries.

• Rear frame (1) (both sides): • All factory backhoe buckets include tie-down (2) locations (both sides).

5-2

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

13. Measure the distance from the ground to the highest point of the machine. You must know the clearance height of the machine.

14. After you have driven a few miles, stop the truck and trailer and check your load. Make sure the chains are still tight and that the loader backhoe has not moved on the trailer.

Unload the loader backhoe from a trailer: 1. Remove the chains and blocks from the loader backhoe.

2. Fasten the seat belt.

3. Start the engine.

4. Put the backhoe in the transport position or raise the backhoe bucket or attachment off of the trailer floor.

5. Raise the loader bucket off of the trailer floor.

6. Shift the transmission to first gear, release the parking brake, and drive slowly off the trailer.

NOTICE: The following information is to be used as reference and not an exact weight for your machine. To find the exact weight of your machine find a suitable scale to weigh your machine.

580N EP(SAE transport configuration) Total Front Rear 7171 kg (15810 lb) 1816 kg (4004 lb) 5355 kg (11806 lb) General Purpose (GP) loader bucket, Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), two-door cab with A/C, boom guard, fully fueled, 610 mm (24 in) Heavy Duty (HD) backhoe bucket, pilot backhoe controls, standard dipper, manual transmission, 19.5-24 rear tires. Center of gravity is from the rear axle center. No operator. Transport position (stowed backhoe).

5-3

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

RECOVERY TRANSPORT

Towing the machine WARNING Loss of control!

Only tow at safe speeds. Use caution when making corners or meeting traffic.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0126A

WARNING Hazard to bystanders!

The operator must be the only person on the machine when towing. Make sure that nobody else is on the machine or within its working range.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0259A

NOTICE: CASE CONSTRUCTION does not recommend towing the machine.

NOTICE: Do not attempt to star the engine while towing the machine. Damage to the drivetrain components will occur!

If your machine is disabled, repair the machine at the job site unless you are able move the machine without further damage occurring.

The towing machine must have power, steering, and braking ability to stop both machines. Do not tow the machine in speeds greater than 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).

Secure the disabled machine to the tow machine as closely as possible.

The disabled machine must be moved only far enough to reach a safe repair location or onto a trailer.

Before you move a disabled machine, you must be able to answer these questions: • Does the towing machine have braking and steering capacity for both machines?

• Does the towing hardware, chains, and cables have the proper capacity to move the machine safely?

• Will the disabled machine have steering and braking capability?

• Will moving the machine cause damage to drivetrain or moving parts that lack lubrication?

Additional considerations: • Be certain that all personnel involved are shielded in the event that towing apparatus might break.

• If the disabled machine has steering and braking capability an operator may be on the machine to help control the towing of the disabled machine.

• Always block the wheels of the disabled machines before releasing the brakes or drivetrain component.

5-4

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

Tow procedure - engine runs 1. Engage the parking brake.

2. Block the wheels with wheel chocks.

3. Place the transmission in NEUTRAL. 4. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL. 5. Place the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) switch in the off position, if equipped.

6. Raise all tools and attachments off the ground.

7. Attach a rigid drawbar to the disabled machine.

8. Attach the rigid drawbar to the towing machine. Make sure that the towing machine has enough power and braking ability to move and stop both machines.

9.

Remove the wheel chocks.

10. Release the parking brake. If the parking brake will not disengage (for any reason), manually disengage the parking brake. See “Disable parking brake” 7-126.

11. Tow the disabled machine a maximum speed of 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).

Tow procedure - engine does not run 1.

Block the wheels with wheel chocks.

2.

Place the transmission in NEUTRAL.

3.

Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL.

4.

Place the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) switch in the off position, if equipped.

5.

Attach a rigid drawbar to the disabled machine.

6.

Attach the rigid drawbar to the towing machine. Make sure the towing machine has enough power and braking ability to move and stop both machines.

7.

Disconnect the rear drive shaft (Two-Wheel Drive machines) or both the front and rear drive shafts (Four-Wheel Drive machines).

NOTE: The machine is equipped with Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Release (SAHR) parking brake integrated in the transmission. The parking brake remains engaged if the engine is disabled. Manual disengagement of the parking brake is not required for towing with the drive shafts removed.

8.

Remove the wheel chocks.

9.

Tow the disabled machine a maximum speed of 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).

5-5

5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS

5-6

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS###_6_### GENERAL INFORMATION

Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity NOTE: Machines with the optional Powershift transmissions only.

Change F-N-R shift sensitivity: 1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

RCPH10TLB140AAF

1

RCIL10TLB035AAF

2

RCPH10TLB140AAF

3

3. When the F-N-R shift sensitivity screen displays, press Enter. The setting bar flashes.

4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust the setting, where 1 is least aggressive and 3 is most aggressive.

5. Press Enter to save the selection.

6. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen or press Escape (1) until you return the main screen (engine hourmeter).

6-1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Display brightness Adjust the brightness of the display: 1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

RCPH10TLB140AAF

1

RCPH10TLB196AAF

2

RCPH10TLB197AAF

3

RCPH10TLB140AAF

4

3. When the Instrument Cluster Dimmer screen displays, press Enter.

4. Press Enter to access the setting screen.

5. Press Enter again. The setting bar flashes.

6. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust the screen brightness.

7. Press Enter to save the selection.

8. Press Escape (1) to return to the Instrument Cluster Dimmer screen.

9. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen or press Escape until you return the main screen (engine hour meter).

6-2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Maximum throttle/Cold start idle The Idle Increment (engine speed) menu lets the operator configure the cold start idle and/or the maximum engine throttle settings.

NOTE: The settings do not reset at key cycle.

• Cold start idle - Sets the minimum engine speed (up to 1500 RPM) that the engine idles while cold. For example, if set to 1500 RPM, the cold engine will idle at that RPM until the engine warms to approximately 20 °C (68 °F). Dealer can adjust the temperature as needed.

RCPH10TLB424AAF

1

RCPH10TLB423AAF

2

RCPH10TLB140AAF

3

• Maximum throttle - Sets the maximum engine speed during operation. The engine will not exceed this speed.

1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

6-3

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

3. When the Idle Increment screen displays, press Enter.

RCPH10TLB201AAF

4

RCPH10TLB140AAF

5

4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow until the cold start idle or the maximum throttle screen appears.

5. Press Enter. The setting flashes.

6. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust the setting.

7. Press Enter to save the setting.

8.

Press Escape (1) until you return to the Idle Increment screen.

9.

Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust another setting, or press Escape to return to the Idle Increment screen.

10. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen or press Escape until you return the main screen (engine hour meter).

6-4

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) The Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) function, when enabled, will automatically bypass the optional electronic hand throttle setting (when set above idle) anytime either brake pedal is pressed. Return the hand throttle dial to the idle position to restore (capture) the hand throttle.

The Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) function, when disabled, allows the operator to keep the hand throttle setting captured even when the brake pedal is pressed.

NOTE: The Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) feature returns to the enabled setting at the next key cycle.

Disable the brake enabled idle feature: 1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

RCPH10TLB140AAF

1

RAIL14UTL0003AA

2

RAIL14UTL0004AA

3

3. When the Brake Enabled Idle Selection screen displays, press Enter. The menu screen flashes.

4. Press Enter to deselect the brake enabled idle feature.

The display screen changes to indicate the feature is disabled.

6-5

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen or press Escape (1) until you return the main screen (engine hourmeter).

RCPH10TLB140AAF

6-6

4

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Throttle sensitivity Change the throttle sensitivity: 1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

RCPH10TLB140AAF

1

RCPH10TLB195AAF

2

RCPH10TLB140AAF

3

3. When the Throttle Sensitivity screen displays, press Enter. The setting bar flashes.

4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust the setting, where 1 is least aggressive and 3 is most aggressive.

5. Press Enter to save the selection.

6. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen or press Escape (1) until you return the main screen (engine hour meter).

6-7

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Oil life reset The oil life reset selection screen allows the operator to clear the active warning quired.

indicating an oil change is re-

Oil life reset: 1. Turn the engine OFF. 2. Turn the key to the ON position but do not start the engine.

3. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

4. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

RCPH10TLB140AAF

1

RCPH11TLB011AAD

2

RAIL12UTL0218AA

3

5. Stop when the Selection screen displays the oil life reset image.

6. Press Enter. The X is the default selection, and will not reset the oil life.

6-8

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

7. Press the UP or DOWN arrow to select the check mark.

RAIL12UTL0219AA

4

RCPH11TLB012AAD

5

8. Press Enter. The X is the default selection, and will not reset the oil life.

NOTE: The display will return to the main menu after two seconds.

6-9

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed thresholds Change the Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed threshold: 1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.

2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navigate through the menu screens.

RCPH10TLB140AAF

1

RCPH11TLB001AAD

2

RCPH10TLB140AAF

3

3. When the ARC speed threshold screen displays, press Enter. The setting bar flashes.

Setting level

ARC activates (speeds faster) 1 9.2 km/h (5.7 mph) 2 (default) 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph) 3 9.9 km/h (6.2 mph)

ARC deactivates (speeds slower) 7.6 km/h (4.7 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph) 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph)

NOTE: Speeds are approximate depending on tire size, model, and transmission type.

4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust the speed threshold setting.

5. Press Enter to save the selection.

6. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen or press Escape (1) until you return the main screen (engine hour meter).

6-10

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

LOADER OPERATIONS

Personal safety This manual contains only basic information that you need to operate the machine, it does not include all possible conditions for loader operation.

If you are a new operator, always operate in a clear area at a decreased engine speed.

Be a careful operator. You can prevent accidents. Do not allow yourself to become complacent.

Fasten the seat belt before you start the engine.

Confirm that you can reach all controls and move through their entire range of motion with the seat belt fastened.

6-11

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Job layout WARNING Hazard to bystanders!

Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn them before you start operating the machine. Always keep all unauthorized bystanders clear of the work area.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0206A

WARNING Hazard to bystanders!

Material can spill from a loaded bucket. You must manually roll back a loaded bucket before lowering the loader. The self-leveling feature does not automatically roll back the bucket.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0197A

RCPH10TLB005GAF

1

Machine positioning is very important for efficient cycles.

• Set up the work cycle as short as possible.

• Spend a few minutes leveling off the work area, if necessary. Smooth runways for the machine and a level parking area for trucks will speed up the job.

6-12

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Comfort Steer™ (if equipped) WARNING Loss of control hazard!

Quick response steering (Comfort Steer) may adversely affect machine stability under some operating conditions. Operate the machine in a safe, open area until you are accustomed to the faster steering response.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0145A

With normal steering, the operator must turn the steering wheel three full turns to move the wheels, full left to right or right to left, lock-to-lock. Comfort Steer™ requires slightly less than one and a half turns of the steering wheel for the same lock-to-lock movement.

Use Comfort Steer™ for cyclic loader work to reduce operator fatigue.

1. Start up the machine.

2. Place the machine in first or second gear.

NOTE: Comfort Steer™ is not available in third or fourth gear.

3. Press the emblem end of the rocker switch all the way.

The switch springs back to center and the emblem illuminates.

4. Disengage comfort steer, press the blank side of the rocker switch. The emblem no longer illuminates.

NOTE: Comfort Steer™ automatically disengages if the key switch is placed in the OFF position, the machine loses electrical power, or the operator places the machine in third or fourth gear.

6-13

RCPH10TLB340AAF

1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Detent position for 4-in-1 bucket control switch NOTE: 4-in-1 bucket, if equipped The operator or a service technician may enable a detent position into the 4-in-1 cycle by adjusting the switch. The switch comes from the manufacture with the open U shape up. In this configuration, the switch will spring back to neutral when released from any position.

The detent position will alter the cycle to allow the operator to touch the switch to hold open the circuit until the operator pulls the switch out.

Enable the detent position for the switch: 1. Pry off the cap that covers the switch screw.

RCPH10TLB260AAF

1

RCPH10TLB261AAF

2

RCPH10TLB262AAF

3

2. Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the screw that holds the switch.

3. Remove the top of the switch.

4. Rotate the top of the switch 180° and start the screw back into the top of the switch.

NOTE: The open U shape should be to the bottom.

6-14

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

5. Carefully replace the top of the switch and screw into position. Do not overtighten.

RCPH10TLB264AAF

4

RCPH10TLB265AAF

5

RCPH10TLB263AAF

6

6. Test the detent operation: A. Push the switch up. The switch should hold in place (not spring back to center), as shown.

B. Pull the switch out of the detent position.

7. Replace the cap that covers the screw.

6-15

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

8. Take the machine to an open, safe area and test the switch by moving it through the entire range of motion in both directions.

RCPH10TLB006CAF

6-16

7

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Loader digging force Clutch cutout button Press the clutch cutout button to increase engine speed and supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for greater loader power and faster control function.

Push the clutch cutout button, the transmission will disengage from the drive wheels. Release the clutch cutout button to engage the transmission power.

The machine can move freely when the clutch cutout button is pressed. Use the service brake to stop the machine.

RCPH10TLB337AAF

1

Transmission kickdown NOTE: Machines with the optional Powershift S-type transmission only.

Kickdown is used to increase loader breakout force. The kickdown control lets the operator temporarily switch from second gear to first gear without changing the gear selection control setting.

NOTICE: This feature will only activate when second gear is selected in manual shift mode, or when the transmission is actually in second gear in auto shift mode.

Kickdown button on the directional control lever.

1. Press the button at the end on the directional control lever to shift from second to first gear.

NOTE: The operator may experience a short pause or delay before the gear shift occurs.

2. Press the button again to shift up to second gear.

RAIL14TLB0706AA

2

RCPH10TLB337AAF

3

Kickdown button on the loader control lever.

1. Press the button at the control lever to shift from second to first gear.

NOTE: The operator may experience a short pause or delay before the gear shift occurs.

2. Press the button again to shift up to second gear.

6-17

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Bucket level, position, and depth indicators Level indicator - Standard bucket The level indicator has two pointers on the bucket links.

The bucket is level on the ground when the two pointers are opposite each other.

RCPH10TLB285AAF

1

RCPH10TLB287AAF

2

Depth indicator - 4-in-1 bucket Scraper position only. The depth indicator is located on the right side of the bucket. The bucket opening or, depth of cut, is shown on this indicator. The 4-in-1 bucket can make a cut up to 102 mm (4 in) in depth.

6-18

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Position indicator - 4-in-1 bucket The bucket position indicator (1) is located on the bucket links. This shows you the correct bucket angle when you use the bucket as a dozer (A), scraper (B), Loader (C), or clam (D). Put the loader bucket 304 mm (12 in) above the ground and tilt the bucket to the desired position displayed on the operational decal (2).

RCPH10TLB286AAF

3

398658A1

4

RCPH10TLB235AAF

5

Dozer: Tilt the bucket to the dozer position and open the clam completely.

6-19

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Scraper: Tilt the bucket to the scraper position. Open the clam to the desired depth of cut. Refer to the depth indicator image 2.

RCPH10TLB234AAF

6

RCPH10TLB233AAF

7

RCPH10TLB236AAF

8

Loader: Tilt the bucket to the loader position. Close the clam completely. The bucket now operates as a standard bucket.

Clam: Tilt the bucket to the clam position. Place the open bucket over the material to be moved.

Close the clam to pick up the material. Place the bucket over the new location for the material and open the bucket to dump the material.

6-20

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Return to dig After the bucket is dumped, use the return to dig feature to place the bucket in position for another dig cycle. Move the loader control lever to the rollback position and the float position. The bucket roll backwards until the bottom of the bucket is level and then stops. The loader arms will lower until the bucket reaches the ground or you manually move the control lever to the neutral position.

NOTE: The loader bucket return to dig circuit is only active when the operator seat is in the loader operation position (facing the loader).

RCPH10TLB006FAF

1

Bucket in float position (1) Bucket in rollback position (2) Adjust return to dig bucket position: 1. Park the machine on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Lower the loader bucket to the ground and make sure the bottom of the bucket is at the desired digging angle.

4. Shut down the engine.

5. Loosen the adjusting bolts for the return to dig switch.

6. Move the switch in the slot so that the roller on the switch is resting on the edge of the cam on the loader arm.

NOTE: When moving the switch bracket forward or rearward for adjustment, make sure that you push the bracket in toward the machine at the same time you tighten the bolts. This will ensure that full contact of the switch with the actuating cam occurs.

7. Tighten the adjusting bolts.

RCPH10TLB257AAF

6-21

2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

8.

Start up the engine.

9.

Raise the loader bucket to full height and dump the bucket.

10. Put the loader control lever in the return to dig position. The loader bucket will lower to the ground.

11. Shut down the engine.

12. Check the position of the loader bucket. If the bucket is not in the correct position: • Move the return to dig switch rearward if the bucket did not roll back far enough.

• Move the return to dig switch forward if the bucket rolled back too far.

13. Repeat the procedure until the bucket returns to the correct position.

6-22

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Lifting with the loader WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!

Only use rigging equipment that has the capacity to lift the loads that you are moving. Always check the rigging equipment each day for damaged or missing parts. Make sure other workers or bystanders are not under the load while it is moving.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0205A

NOTICE: This machine is not a crane. Be very careful when lifting a load.

Standard bucket NOTICE: Use both lifting points (2) when using the loader bucket to lift a load. Using only one of the lifting points on the loader bucket will cause significantly more stress on one side of the loader arm. Failure to comply could result in machine damage NOTICE: The tie down slots (1) are not designed for lifting.

Failure to comply could result in machine damage.

RAIL17TLB0494BA

1

RAIL17TLB0495BA

2

RCPH10TLB268AAF

1

4-n-1 bucket NOTICE: Use both lifting points (1) when using the loader bucket to lift a load. Using only one of the lifting points on the loader bucket will cause significantly more stress on one side of the loader arm. Failure to comply could result in machine damage.

Changing loader attachments The loader hydraulic coupler, if equipped, allows the operator to install and remove front-end attachments without using special tools or additional personnel.

6-23

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Install an attachment: 1. Tilt the loader hydraulic coupler forward and engage the top coupler pins (1) in the attachment upper mounting hooks (2).

RCPH10TLB270AAF

2

RCPH10TLB340AAF

3

RCPH10TLB267AAF

4

RCPH10TLB340AAF

5

2. Press and hold the left emblem of the rocker switch to retract the coupler lock pins.

3. Lift the loader arms and rotate the coupler rearward until the coupler lock pins align with the lower mounting bores on the attachment.

4. Release the rocker switch.

5. Press the right emblem of the rocker switch to engage the loader coupler pins in the attachment mounting bores.

6-24

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6. Visually confirm the lock pins secured the attachment.

RCPH10TLB266AAF

6

RCPH10TLB340AAF

7

Remove an attachment: 1. With the attachment resting on the ground, press and hold the left emblem the coupler lock pins.

of rocker switch to retract

2. Raise the attachment a maximum of 25.4 – 50.8 mm (1 – 2 in) off the ground and slowly rotate the top of the attachment outward until the lock pins are clear of the attachment mounting bores.

3. Release the rocker switch.

4. Carefully lower the attachment to the ground while rotating the top of the coupler outward.

5. When the upper coupler mounting pins are free, back away from the attachment.

6-25

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

BACKHOE OPERATIONS

Personal safety This manual contains only basic information that you need to operate the machine, it does not include all possible conditions for backhoe operation.

Be a careful operator. You can prevent accidents. Do not allow yourself to become complacent.

Basic instructions WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Before you turn the operator's seat around to the backhoe operation position, shift the direction control lever and the transmission to neutral and apply the parking brake.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0194A

NOTICE: Be careful when you swing the backhoe completely to the side. In some positions, the backhoe can contact the stabilizers and can cause damage.

Dig cycle The backhoe will dig more material in less time with a smooth, short dig cycle. Keep each dig cycle smooth.

Working on a hill WARNING Overturning hazard!

Be careful when you operate the machine on a hillside. You must be in the operator's seat (loader operation position) when you move the machine forward. Always engage the parking brake and shift the direction control lever and the transmission to neutral before you operate the backhoe.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0220A

WARNING Tip-over hazard!

When you operate the machine on a hillside, make the machine level with the stabilizers and place the earth or other material from the trench on the highest side of the trench.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0199A

Large loads When you force the bucket to dig a load that is too large, you will cause a hydraulic stall (dipper control lever pulled back and the bucket is not moving). The main relief valve of the hydraulic system will make a noise when a hydraulic stall occurs.

A hydraulic stall will cause • Longer cycle times.

• An increase in the hydraulic oil temperature.

• An increase in fuel consumption.

6-26

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Backhoe danger area WARNING Crushing hazard!

Never place loose items in the operator's platform. Never walk into the danger area to place loose items in the operator's platform. You could inadvertently actuate a control.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1450A

WARNING Hazard to bystanders!

Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn them before you start operating the machine. Always keep all unauthorized bystanders clear of the work area.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0206A

WARNING Hazard to bystanders!

When working in an area with reduced visibility, such as next to a building, always install a guardrail and post warning signs to keep bystanders away from the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0200A

WARNING Tip-over hazard!

Do not dig the ground under the backhoe stabilizers. The machine can fall into the excavation site if the embankment collapses.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0198A

RCPH10TLB010FAF

1

Backhoe danger area (1)

6-27

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Swing lock Install the backhoe swing lock pin Make sure the backhoe swing lock pin is in the LOCK position whenever the backhoe is not in use. To install the backhoe swing lock pin: 1. Place the seat in the backhoe operating position.

2. Center the backhoe over the rear of the machine.

3. Turn off the engine.

4. Remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the storage location and place it in the LOCK position.

NOTE: View is from the operator seat.

RAIL16TLB0132BA

1

RCPH10TLB342AAF

2

Remove the backhoe swing lock pin: To remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the LOCK position.

1. Turn off the machine.

2. Place the seat in the backhoe operating position.

3. Remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the LOCK position and place it in the storage position.

4. Reinstall the backhoe swing lock pin in the lock location after you complete backhoe operation.

NOTICE: Do NOT operate the machine if the backhoe swing lock is missing or damaged. Before you operate the machine, contact your dealer for a replacement.

NOTE: The swing lock pin is stored inside the cab/canopy at the right-hand side (backhoe operation position).

6-28

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Extendahoe® lock Before operating the Extendahoe®, remove the lock pin from the lock location (1) and place it in the storage location (2). Retract the dipper and place the Extendahoe® lock pin in the lock position before placing the backhoe in the transport (stowed) position.

6-29

RAIL17TLB0462AA

1

RAIL17TLB0455AA

2

RAIL17TLB0456AA

3

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Stabilizer pads WARNING Tip-over hazard!

Put the stabilizers in the operating position before you lower the boom and extend the dipper. The front of the machine can raise above the ground and become unstable if the stabilizers are not down in the operating position.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0196A

WARNING Tip-over hazard!

Before you raise the stabilizers from the operating position, put the backhoe in the transport position or completely retract the dipper and raise the boom. Make sure the machine tires are touching the ground. The machine can become unstable when the tires are not on the ground.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0195A

Always position the stabilizer pads for maximum stability. If you dig next to a building, wall etc., change the position of the stabilizer pads.

Change the position of a stabilizer pad: 1. Remove a retaining ring from the pin on each stabilizer pad.

2. Use a hammer and drift pin and remove each pin.

3. Put the stabilizer pads into position. For correct stabilizer pad position, refer to stabilizer pad positions later in this section.

4. Install the pins and retaining rings.

Stabilizer pad position NOTE: Examples are shown for right stabilizers (backhoe operation position). Arrow indicates front of machine.

Standard two position stabilizer pads: • Digging to the side (working next to buildings, walls etc.)

RCPH10TLB419AAF

1

RCPH10TLB418AAF

2

• Maximum stability for digging to the rear and minimum width for traveling

6-30

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Cemetery stabilizer pads with rubber pads: • Digging to the side (working next to buildings, walls etc.)

RCPH10TLB414AAF

3

RCPH10TLB415AAF

4

RCPH10TLB417AAF

5

RCPH10TLB416AAF

6

• Maximum stability for digging to the rear and minimum width for traveling

Combination flip-over stabilizer pads: • Working on paved surfaces (rubber pad down)

• Working on unpaved surfaces (rubber pad up)

6-31

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Backhoe stowed position Remove the backhoe from the stowed position before operating the backhoe. The backhoe must be in the stowed position before you use the loader or before you move the machine.

Move the backhoe out of the stowed position: 1. Make sure the direction control lever and transmission are in neutral.

2. Make sure that the parking brake is applied.

3. Place the operator's seat in the backhoe operation position.

4. Remove the swing lock pin from the LOCK position and place it in the storage location. The storage location is at the operator's right-hand side when seated in the backhoe operation position.

5. Start the engine.

6. Make sure that the stabilizers are down and the rear wheels are above the ground.

7. Release the boom lock: A. Push the boom control lever forward and, at the same time, step down on the release lever (1) for the boom latch.

B. Pull the boom control lever rearward to move the boom forward (over center).

8. If your machine is equipped with an Extendahoe®, place the Extendahoe® lock pin in the storage hole.

See 6-29 for more information.

RCPH10TLB362AAF

Place backhoe in the stowed position: 1. Make sure that the direction control lever and transmission are in neutral.

2. Make sure that the parking brake is applied.

3. Place the operator's seat in the backhoe operation position.

4. Make sure that the stabilizers are down and the rear wheels are above the ground.

5. Use the swing controls and put the backhoe bucket straight behind the machine.

6. If applicable, retract the Extendahoe® and insert the Extendahoe® lock pin. See 6-29 for more information.

7. Use the hand throttle and run the engine at about approximately 1200 RPM. 8. Retract the dipper and curl in the bucket.

6-32

1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

9. Engage the boom lock: A. Pull the boom control lever rearward. The backhoe boom will move toward you, past the vertical position.

B. When the boom reaches the vertical position, rapidly push the boom control lever forward. The boom will continue to move toward you until the boom stop is reached.

C. Once the boom stop is reached, the boom lock automatically engages. The boom, dipper, and bucket are now in the stowed position.

RCPH10TLB246AAF

10. Raise the stabilizers completely.

11. Shut down the engine.

12. From the operator’s seat, install the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.

13. Turn the operator's seat to the loader operation position.

6-33

2

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Before operating the backhoe Before you operate the backhoe: 1. Make sure that the direction control lever and the transmission are in NEUTRAL. 2. Apply the parking brake.

3.

WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Turn off the backhoe control system before adjusting the windows.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0181A

Position the windows in the desired position and secure.

NOTICE: Rear windows can interfere with backhoe control levers. Make sure window adjustment is locked into position before actuating the hydraulics.

4. For pilot control machines, adjust the control towers as needed: • Adjust the control towers forward or rearward.

RCPH10TLB126AAF

1

RCPH10TLB299AAF

2

• Adjust the control towers left or right.

5. Remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the LOCK position and place it in the storage location. The storage location is at the operator's right-hand side when seated in the backhoe operation position.

6. Make sure all controls are easily reached, the seat is locked into position, and the seat belt is secure.

7. Start the engine.

8. If the machine is equipped with ride control, make sure the Ride Control™/Auto-Ride Control™ switch is in the OFF position.

6-34

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

9. Dump the loader and lower the bucket to the ground.

Raise the front wheels off the ground.

NOTE: If needed, the bottom of the loader bucket can be positioned flat on the ground.

RCPH10TLB241AAF

10. Use the hand throttle and increase the engine speed.

11. Lower the stabilizers. Use the stabilizers to raise the level of the machine until the rear tires are off the ground.

12. Move the backhoe out of the stowed position.

13. If your machine is equipped with Extendahoe®, remove the Extendahoe® lock pin from the lock position and put it in the storage hole during operation.

See 6-29 for more information.

6-35

3

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Filling the backhoe bucket Fill the bucket by moving the dipper in. Keep the bottom of the bucket parallel with the cut. Let the bucket teeth and cutting edge cut through the ground like a knife blade. The type of material that you dig determines the depth of the cut.

NOTICE: Do not back fill a trench with the backhoe by swinging the bucket against the soil.

RAIL14TLB0404GA

(1) Correct bucket position (2) Incorrect bucket position (3) Correct trenching method

6-36

1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Moving the machine while digging You can use the backhoe to move the machine forward as you trench.

1. Make sure the front wheels of the machine are straight forward.

2. Decrease the engine speed to 1200 RPM. Make sure the parking brake is released and the transmission is in neutral.

3. Raise the boom and retract the dipper. Move the boom as required to put the backhoe bucket teeth on ground that is firm. Lower the backhoe bucket to the ground.

4. Raise the stabilizers and the loader bucket about 300 mm (12 in) above the ground.

5. Use the boom and dipper to move the machine. Slowly move the dipper out. At the same time, lower the boom.

6. At the new position: A. Lower the stabilizers and the loader bucket to the ground and level the machine.

B. Apply the parking brake.

6-37

RCPH10TLB277AAF

1

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Lifting with the backhoe WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!

Only use rigging equipment that has the capacity to lift the loads that you are moving. Always check the rigging equipment each day for damaged or missing parts. Make sure other workers or bystanders are not under the load while it is moving.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0205A

The backhoe is NOT a crane. For this reason, always be very careful when you lift a load with the backhoe. Refer to the “Backhoe/Extendahoe specifications and lifting capacities” (9-13) in this manual.

WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!

Do not use the hook end of the coupler when lifting loads. The sling can come out of the coupler and the load can fall.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0221A

NOTICE: Do not use any location on the backhoe bucket for lifting loads. The tie down slots (2) or hardware (1) on the backhoe bucket are not designed for lifting loads.

RAIL14TLB0408AA

1

RCPH10TLB400AAF

2

1. Install a clevis hook in the lift eye. Ensure the clevis hook is certified to lift the weight of the load.

NOTICE: Ensure the clevis hook does not get caught in the linkage.

2. Attach safety approved sling, cable, or chain to the clevis hook.

3. Know and understand each signal from the signalman before you start.

4. Always know the location of all workers and/or bystanders in your working area.

5. Lower both stabilizers and raise the machine so that both rear tires are about 25 – 50 mm (1 – 2 in) above the ground. Make sure the machine is level.

NOTE: If the ground is soft, put a wide pad (wood boards) under each stabilizer pad.

6-38

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

6.

Dump and lower the loader bucket to the ground.

7.

Connect a hand line to the load before you start.

Make sure the worker holding the hand line is away from the load.

8.

Test the lift capacity before you start your job: A. Put the machine close to the load.

B. Use a cable or sling to fasten the load to the end of the dipper at the lift eye.

C. Lift the load with the backhoe so the load is 25 – 50 mm (1 – 2 in) above the ground.

D. Swing the load all the way to one side.

E. Move the load away from the machine. Make sure you keep the load 25 – 50 mm (1 – 2 in) above the ground.

F. Lower the load to the ground if one of the stabilizers is raised above the ground or if there is any indication that the stability of the machine is reduced.

9.

Always move the load slowly. Do not move the load over the top of workers or bystanders.

10. When the load is raised, keep all workers and bystanders away until the load is placed on blocks or is placed on the ground.

NOTICE: Remove the clevis hook when lifting is complete. Damage to the clevis hook or the linkage can occur if the clevis hook is not removed when digging.

6-39

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Changing backhoe attachments WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!

Use only authorized auxiliary hydraulic attachments. Always read and understand the manual or instructions supplied by the manufacturer to avoid injury or damage. Understand the operation and safety instructions before you attach, remove, or operate the attachment.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0231A

NOTICE: Not all pre-N series attachments (buckets or other mounted equipment) may be compatible with N series machines. A pin and bushing retrofit kit (mechanical coupler) is required for compatible attachments. Please note the compatible, retrofitted attachment may have reduced performance or rotation. Contact your local CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for compatible attachments and their required retrofit kits.

Before you change a backhoe bucket or other attachment: 1. Park the machine on a level surface.

2. Lower the stabilizers to the ground.

3. Level the machine.

4. Make sure that all unauthorized workers or bystanders are away from the machine.

Straight links coupler (standard) Bucket removal 1. Rest the bottom of the bucket on the ground.

2. Remove the snap ring and washer from one side of the bucket-to-dipper pin.

3. Remove the bucket-to-dipper pin.

4. Remove the snap ring and washer from one side of the straight link-to-bucket pin.

5. Remove the straight link-to-bucket pin.

6. Raise the dipper away from the bucket.

Bucket install 1. Make sure that the bucket or attachment is compatible with CASE CONSTRUCTION coupler pins.

2. Align the hole on the end of the dipper with the top of the bucket hole.

3. Install the bucket-to-dipper pin.

4. Install the washer and snap ring.

5. Align the holes on the straight link with the holes on the bucket.

6. Install the straight link-to-bucket pin.

7. Install the washer and snap ring.

6-40

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Mechanical coupler (optional) 1. Make sure that the bucket has a mechanical coupler pin.

2. Rotate the bucket out, leave the bucket off the ground.

RCPH10TLB399AAF

1

RCPH10TLB399AAF

2

RCPH10TLB397AAF

3

RCPH10TLB398AAF

4

3. Remove the snap ring, the steel washer, and the bucket pin.

4. Rotate the bucket out and lower to the ground.

5. Rotate the quick coupler out of the bucket.

6. Pick up the next bucket and raise the boom.

7. Suspend the bucket off the ground, retract the bucket cylinder until the bucket starts to rotate out.

8. Install the bucket pin, the steel washer, and the snap ring.

6-41

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Universal backhoe coupler (optional) The universal backhoe coupler allows bucket compatibility with CASE CONSTRUCTION , Caterpillar® , or John Deere™ . The placement of the universal coupler switch plate determines which manufacturers bucket may be used.

Use the embossed letters as a guide; CASE ( CASE CONSTRUCTION), CAT (Caterpillar®), and JD (John Deere™).

The universal coupler switch plate (1) in position (2) allows for compatibility with CASE CONSTRUCTION buckets (3) or John Deere™ (4) buckets.

• CASE CONSTRUCTION compatible buckets: N-Series and M-Series with Retrofit kit.

• John Deere™ compatible buckets:: 310 "S" size machines (SE,SG,SJ, SK and SL) and 410 size machines (E,G,J,K and L).

Not compatible with 310 standard or EP models (310L EP, 310L and 310K).

RAIL15TLB0053BA

5

RAIL15TLB0729AA

6

RAIL15TLB0730AA

7

RAIL15TLB0054BA

8

If equipped, the stop plate needs to be in an extended position for CASE CONSTRUCTION and John Deere™ bucket compatibility.

• The stop plate must be in the extended position (1).

• The stop plate bolt must be in the forward position (2).

The universal coupler switch plate (1) in position (2) allows for compatibility with Caterpillar® buckets (3).

• Caterpillar® compatible buckets: Models D, E, and F.

6-42

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

If equipped, the stop plate needs to be in the retracted position for Caterpillar® bucket compatibility.

• The stop plate must be in the retracted position (1).

• The stop plate bolt must be in the rear position (2).

RAIL15TLB0733BA

9

RAIL15TLB0731AA

10

RAIL14TLB0697BA

11

RAIL14TLB0695BA

12

Bucket removal and install with a universal backhoe coupler plate.

1. Position the bucket on the ground, as shown.

2. Remove the snap ring, washers, and coupler pin.

3. Retract the backhoe bucket cylinder.

6-43

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

4. Raise the dipper arm off of the bucket coupler pin.

RAIL14TLB0694BA

13

RAIL15TLB0053BA

14

RAIL15TLB0054BA

15

NOTE: The following procedure covers the switch from the CASE CONSTRUCTION and John Deere™ bucket compatibility position to the Caterpillar® bucket compatibility position. The procedure is the same to switch back to the CASE CONSTRUCTION and John Deere™ position.

Move the universal coupler switch plate, if required.

5. Remove the snap ring and washer from one side of the switch plate coupler pin.

6. Remove the coupler pin and the spacers. Spacers are between the switch plate and the coupler plate.

7. Rotate the switch plate until the holes align, as shown.

The coupler will be compatible with Caterpillar® buckets (A).

8. Install the coupler pin with spacers between the switch plate and the coupler plate.

9. Secure the coupler pin with a washer and a snap ring.

6-44

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

10. Adjusting the stop plate (4) from the CASE CONSTRUCTION and John Deere™ position to the Caterpillar® position.

A. Remove the bolt (1) and the washer (2). Retain the bolt and the washer.

B. Loosen the flange nut (3).

C. Slide the stop plate (4) into the coupler until the bolt (1) and washer (2) can be installed into the coupler bolt hole (A) and thread into the stop plate.

RAIL15TLB0730AA

16

RAIL15TLB0729AA

17

RAIL15TLB0731AA

18

RAIL15TLB0733BA

19

RAIL14TLB0694BA

20

D. Torque the bolt (1) to 82 N·m (60 lb ft).

E. Torque the flange nut (3) to 63 N·m (46 lb ft).

11. Lower the dipper arm onto the bucket coupler pin.

Make sure that the universal coupler aligns with the bucket coupler pin.

6-45

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

12. Extend the backhoe bucket cylinder.

RAIL14TLB0695BA

21

RAIL14TLB0697BA

22

13. Install the snap ring, washers, and coupler pin.

Auxiliary hydraulic lines NOTICE: Before using any Uni-Directional or Bi-Directional hydraulic attachment, ensure the auxiliary (hammer) valve is set up to work within the parameters of the attachment. For detailed instructions, see “Bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow” 7-128 or “Uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow” 7-130.

Connect the hydraulic lines for the attachment to the fittings located on the dipper. You may need to release the hydraulic pressure in the auxiliary lines. See "Hydraulic system - pressure release" 7-117.

NOTICE: Reverse connection could cause hazardous or unintended operation of, or damage to, the attachment.

6-46

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Units with Pilot Controls and in Uni-Aux or Bi-Aux mode: • Press the top left button (1) to energize the pressure fitting hose (1) .

• Press the lower left button (2) to energize the pressure fitting hose (2).

(1) (2)

RCPH10TLB413AAF

23

RAIL14TLB0705AA

24

Uni-Aux or Bi-Aux pressure hose (1) Bi-Aux pressure hose (2)

Units with Mechanical Controls and in Uni-Aux mode: Press the pedal to pressurize the Uni-Aux pressure hose (1).

6-47

RCPH10TLB115AAF

25

RCPH10TLB413AAF

26

6 - WORKING OPERATIONS

Units with Mechanical Controls and in Bi-Aux mode: • Push the lever forward to pressurize hose (1).

• Pull the lever backward to pressurize hose (2).

6-48

RAIL14TLB0704AA

27

RCPH10TLB413AAF

28

7 - MAINTENANCE

7 - MAINTENANCE###_7_### GENERAL INFORMATION

Safety rules DANGER Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.

Do not operate this machine or perform any lubrication, maintenance, or repair on it until you have read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance, and repair information.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0010A

WARNING Maintenance hazard!

Always perform all service procedures punctually at the intervals stated in this manual. This ensures optimum performance levels and maximum safety during machine operation.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0132A

WARNING Pressurized system!

Before attempting any service procedure, it is your responsibility to know the number of accumulators on the machine, and the correct procedure for releasing the pressure of each accumulator.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0136A

WARNING Avoid injury!

Read the operator’s manual. Fasten your seat belt. Do not allow riders on the machine. Keep others away.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1382A

NOTICE: While any company can perform necessary maintenance or repairs on your equipment, CASE CONSTRUCTION strongly recommends that you use only authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealers and products that meet given specifications. Improperly or incorrectly performed maintenance and repair voids the equipment warranty and may affect service intervals.

NOTICE: Extreme working and environmental conditions require shortened service intervals.

Use CASE CONSTRUCTION fluids, lubricants, and filters for the best protection and performance of your machine.

All fluids, lubricants, and filters must be disposed of in compliance with environmental standards and regulations.

Contact your dealer with any questions regarding the service and maintenance of this machine.

Read the safety decals and information decals on the machine. Read the Operator’s Manual and safety manual.

Understand the operation of the machine before you start any service.

Before you service the machine, put a 'Do Not Operate' tag on the steering wheel or over the key switch. Ensure the tag is at a location where everyone who might operate or service the machine may see clearly. One tag is included with your new machine. Additional tags are available from your dealer.

Plastic and resin parts • Avoid using gasoline, paint thinner, etc. when cleaning plastic parts, console, instrument cluster, etc.

• Use only water, mild soap, and a soft cloth when you clean these parts.

• Using gasoline, thinners, etc. can cause discoloration, cracking, or deformation of the part being cleaned.

7-1

7 - MAINTENANCE

General safety before you service Unless otherwise instructed, always perform these steps before you service the machine: 1. Park the machine on a flat, level surface.

2. Place the backhoe in the transport position with the swing lock pin installed for transport.

3. Place the loader bucket on the ground, with the bottom of the loader bucket parallel to the surface.

4. Place the direction control lever and the transmission in NEUTRAL. 5. If you need to open the hood to perform service, raise the loader arms and install the support strut.

6. Shut down the engine.

7. Place a 'Do Not Operate' tag on the key switch so that it is visible to other workers or remove the key.

7-2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine hourmeter The engine hourmeter displays the amount of actual hours the engine has run. Use the engine hourmeter along with the Maintenance Chart in this manual to service your machine at the correct time periods.

7-3

RCPH10TLB138AAF

1

RCPH10TLB194AAF

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Support strut for loader lift arm WARNING Crushing hazard!

If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut. Remove the retaining pin and place the support strut onto the cylinder rod. Install the retaining pin into the support strut. Lower the lift arms onto the support strut.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0230A

Raise and support loader lift arms: 1. Empty the loader bucket.

2. Raise the loader lift arms to the maximum height.

3. Shut down the engine.

RCPH10TLB230AAF

1

RCPH10TLB221AAF

2

RCPH10TLB227AAF

3

4. Remove the retaining pin.

5. Lower the support strut onto the cylinder rod.

6. Install the retaining pin.

7. Start the engine.

8. Slowly lower the lift arms so that the end of the support strut rests on the cylinder.

7-4

7 - MAINTENANCE

Lower supported loader lift arms: 1. Raise the lift arms so that the end of the support strut no longer rests on the cylinder.

2. Shut down the engine.

RCPH10TLB227AAF

4

RCPH10TLB231AAF

5

3. Remove the retaining pin from the support strut.

4. Raise the support strut up to the storage position and secure with the retaining pin, as shown.

5. Start the engine.

6. Lower the loader to the ground.

7-5

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hood latch Open the hood: 1. Shut down the engine.

2. Turn the handle counter-clockwise to release the hood latch.

RCPH11TLB017AAD

1

RCPH10TLB356AAF

2

RCPH11TLB017AAD

3

3. Lift the hood and rotate forward.

NOTICE: To avoid damage to the hood parts, always close the hood before moving the loader.

Close the hood: 1. Lower the hood.

2. Turn the handle clockwise to lock the hood latch.

7-6

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fire extinguisher The CASE CONSTRUCTION recommends that you keep a fire extinguisher on your machine at all times. A fire extinguisher is available from your dealer.

This dry chemical fire extinguisher has a 2 kg (5 lb) capacity. This type of fire extinguisher is approved for class A, B, and C type fires. The operating temperature is from -54 – 49 °C (-65 – 120 °F).

Fire extinguisher care • Every month - Inspect the fire extinguisher for damage.

Make sure that the gauge is working correctly.

• Once a year - Have the fire equipment representative inspect the fire extinguisher (refer to standard NFPA-10 -1992).

• Every 6 years - Have the dry chemical removed and refilled by a fire equipment representative (refer to standard NFPA-10 -1992).

• Every 12 years - Have the fire equipment representative hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher (refer to standard NFPA-10 -1992).

7-7

7 - MAINTENANCE

Welding on the machine Contact your dealer if you have any questions before welding on this machine. The following procedures must be completed before welding.

1. Remove the battery cover and disconnect the batteries.

RCPH10TLB429AAF

1

RAPH12FRK0163AA

2

RCPH11TLB012BAD

3

2. Disconnect the alternator terminal wires.

3. Remove the cover from the steering column shroud.

7-8

7 - MAINTENANCE

4. Remove the Engine Control Unit (ECU) guard plate.

RCPH11TLB009BAD

4

RCPH11TLB054BAD

5

RCPH10TLB339AAF

6

5. Disconnect both connectors.

6. Remove the instrument cluster panel.

7. Disconnect all connectors from the back of the panel.

8.

Disconnect the controller for backhoe pilot controls, if equipped (one connector).

9.

Disconnect the transmission controller, if equipped (one connector, located under the front steering cowling).

10. Disconnect the controller for the loader 4-in-1 bucket or auxiliary hydraulics, if equipped (one connector, located under the loader valve at the rear, left underside of the machine).

7-9

7 - MAINTENANCE

Battery access and care WARNING Explosive gas!

Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. Ventilate the charging area.

Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. Never charge a frozen battery.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0005A

WARNING Hazardous chemicals!

Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash hands after handling.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0006A

• Do not run the engine with the alternator wires disconnected.

• Before using an electric welder, see “Welding on the machine” 7-8 for more details.

• Do not use a steam cleaner or a cleaning solvent to clean the alternator.

• Keep the battery vents clean. Ensure that the battery vents are not restricted.

Disconnect battery 1. Remove the battery cover hardware.

RCPH11TLB001AAM

1

RCPH11TLB002AAM

2

2. Remove the battery cover.

7-10

7 - MAINTENANCE

3. Disconnect the negative battery cable from the negative battery terminal.

RCPH11TLB003AAM

3

RAIL14TLB0410AA

4

Master disconnect switch Use the master disconnect switch the enable or disable electrical power from the machine batteries to the electrical components. The master disconnect switch is on the right-hand side of the engine.

NOTICE: Wait at least 60 s after you place the ignition key in the OFF position before turning master disconnect switch to OFF. This allows the machine controllers to shut down properly.

NOTICE: Some machine service procedures require an actual terminal disconnect of the batteries. Do not use the master disconnect switch for those types of procedures, such as welding on the machine.

7-11

7 - MAINTENANCE

Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) option Machines with the Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) option installed, have specific components that allow for near normal machine operation at consistent or prolonged ambient temperatures below -18 °C (0 °F).

The owner operator or dealer may easily identify a machine equipped with the Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) by the decal next to the maintenance decal on the left-hand side of the machines engine compartment.

NOTICE: Only use the recommended fluids for the Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) as listed in the capacities chart in this manual. Do not mix fluids as it may have an adverse affect on a components operation. See 7-13.

NOTE: The operator may follow the same starting procedure as described in the “Cold temperature operation”, see 4-4.

7-12

RAPH11TLB0057BA

1

47841375

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Capacities NOTE: Machines with the optional Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) use the SCWP recommended fluids. Your machine will have a decal that indicates that the machine is equipped with the SCWP option. The decal is on the left-hand side of the engine near the maintenance decal.

Engine crank case Standard specification (factory fill): SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity: With filter change

CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 SAE 10W-40 CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SSL CJ-4 SAE 0W-40 8.0 L (8.5 US qt)

Fuel tank Standard specification (factory fill): SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity:

ASTM D975 GRADE NO. 2-D S15 (No. 2 diesel) Winter diesel fuel blend with a diesel fuel additive 114 L (30 US gal)

NOTE: Contact your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for assistance and availability of winter diesel fuel blends in your area. Follow the directions on the manufactures label of the cold weather diesel fuel additive for recommended use.

Cooling system Standard and SCWP specification (factory fill):

CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT ( 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water)

Without heater With heater

17.3 L (18.3 US qt) 18.0 L (19.0 US qt)

Hydraulic system Standard specification (factory fill): CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID SCWP specification (factory fill): CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL Capacity: Total system 100.0 L (105.7 US qt) Total system with Extendahoe 105.7 L (111.7 US qt) Reservoir with filter change 55.0 L (58.1 US qt) Reservoir without filter change 53.0 L (56.0 US qt) NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID.

7-13

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transmission Standard specification (factory fill): SCWP specification (factory fill): Manual (powershuttle) Total system Refill (with or without filter change)

CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL Two wheel drive 17.0 l (18 US qt) 10.5 l (11 US qt)

Four wheel drive 19.4 l (21 US qt) 13.0 l (14 US qt)

Powershift S-type Two wheel drive Four wheel drive Total system 21.7 l (22.9 US qt) 20.7 l (21.9 US qt) Refill (with or without filter change) 15.3 l (16.2 US qt) 14.3 l (15.1 US qt) NOTE: The master brake cylinder receives fluid from the transmission.

NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID.

Front drive axle - Four-Wheel drive (4WD) Standard and SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity: Differential Each planetary hub

TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140

5.5 L (5.8 US qt) 0.7 L (0.7 US qt)

Rear axle (differential and hubs) Standard and SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity:

TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140

13.6 L (14.4 US qt)

7-14

7 - MAINTENANCE

Consumables For the very best protection of your investment, use the recommended lubrication and service products. Contact your dealer for these products and any questions you might have about the service and lubrication requirements of the machine.

Always remember the environment before you service the machine and before you dispose of the old fluids and lubricants.

You must follow local, state, and regional regulations when disposing of fluids, filters, fuels, and lubricants.

• Do not put oil or fluids into the ground or into containers that can leak.

• Check with your local environmental or recycling center or your dealer for correct disposal information.

Systemgard™ lubrication analysis Ask your dealer about the lubricant analysis program, Systemgard™. Through this service, an independent laboratory tests your lubricants.. You simply remove a sample of lubricant from your machine and send the sample to the Systemgard™ laboratory. After the sample is processed, the laboratory will report back to you and guide you with maintenance requirements. Systemgard™ can help support your equipment up time and provide you with a service that can pay back dividends when you trade for another piece of CASE CONSTRUCTION equipment.

RCPH10TLB297AAF

7-15

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oils CASE CONSTRUCTION prefers the use of CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 engine oil in your engine.

This multi-viscosity oil will lubricate your engine correctly under all operating conditions. CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 engine oil has a maximum service change interval of 500 h.

You may also use CASE AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL in your engine. CASE AKCELA NO. 1™ ENGINE OIL has a maximum service change interval of 400 h.

You may use other engine oils if the engine oils meet API CJ-4 performance requirements. The maximum service change interval for these engine oils is 250 h.

CASE CONSTRUCTION engine oils exceed API CJ-4 performance requirements.

See the following chart for recommended viscosity at varying ambient air temperature ranges.

NOTE: Do not put performance additives or other oil additive products in the engine crankcase. CASE CONSTRUCTION develops the oil change intervals given in this manual from tests with CASE CONSTRUCTION lubricants.

For machines with Tier 4B (final) engines

(H) (H)

0W-40 CJ-4 UNITEK to CNH MAT3521 0W-40 API CJ-4* (H) (H)

10W-40 CJ-4 UNITEK to CNH MAT3521 10W-40 API CJ-4* (H) (H)

-40 °C -40 °F

-30 °C -22 °F

-20 °C -4 °F

-10 °C 14 °F

15W-40 CJ-4 to CNH MAT3522** 15W-40* API CJ-4* 0 °C 32 °F

10 °C 50 °F

20 °C 68 °F

30 °C 86 °F

40 °C 104 °F

50 °C 122 °F

(H) CASE CONSTRUCTION recommends the use of an engine oil pan heater or coolant block heater in this range. * Maximum engine oil service change interval is 250 h **Maximum engine oil service change interval is 400 h

7-16

7 - MAINTENANCE

Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant CASE CONSTRUCTION requires the use of a fully formulated Organic Acid Technology (OAT) based coolant. CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT is preferred. The coolant must meet the specifications outlined in the CNH Industrial material specification MAT3624. Use of coolant not meeting this specification is not allowed. Mixing of different coolant brands is not recommended.

NOTICE: OAT coolant is mandatory for all FPT engines compliant to Tier 4B (final) emissions using Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR). NEVER mix OAT coolant with conventional coolant. Under no circumstances should you top off a cooling system with only water. You can use a refractometer to check the concentration level. You should not use Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) when using CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. Change the coolant solution at the recommended change interval.

The decal shown is located near the fill point of the cooling system whenever the factory fill is CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. This decal is available in three different sizes. See the table below for the associated part numbers.

NOTE: Organic Acid Technology (OAT) appears yellow in small quantities. OAT coolant can also appear yellow when against translucent backgrounds. However, under certain lighting conditions and backgrounds, such as looking into the coolant overflow tank, OAT coolant may appear green. The green appearance is similar to the color of ethylene glycol coolant. This color appearance is normal, which is not an indication of mixed coolant fill in new units built after the implementation of OAT coolant.

CNH Industrial part number 47757330 47757331 47757332

Size 50 mm x 50 mm 75 mm x 75 mm 100 mm x 100 mm 47757330

7-17

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

You may notice the older version of the OAT decal (CNH Industrial part number 47488993) on some applications.

Both decals convey the same message.

Definitions Conventional coolant: A coolant that relies on inorganic inhibitors such as silicates, nitrites, and phosphates for corrosion and cavitation protection.

Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant: A coolant that relies on inhibitors such as organic acid salts for corrosion and cavitation protection.

47488993

7-18

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

General specification - Diesel fuel Only use diesel fuel that conforms to North American standard ASTM D975 Grade No. 2-D S15 or equivalent in your engine. Do not use any other low grade diesel fuel.

NOTE: When operating the machine in very cold climates, the use of winter blended fuel is permitted for a short period of time. See your fuel supplier for winter fuel requirements in your area.

NOTICE: Use of other low grade diesel fuels will result in loss of engine power, high fuel consumption, and damage to the exhaust aftertreatment system (if equipped).

Fuel conditioner Diesel fuel conditioner is available from your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer. Instructions for the use of the fuel conditioner is on the container.

The use of diesel fuel conditioner will: • Clean fuel injectors, valves, and manifolds for increased service life

• Separate moisture from the fuel • Stabilize fuel in storage NOTICE: Use only CASE CONSTRUCTION approved biocide additives to prevent damage to the exhaust aftertreatment system (if equipped).

• Disperse insoluble gummy deposits that form in the fuel system

7-19

7 - MAINTENANCE

General specification - Biodiesel fuels Biodiesel usage in CASE CONSTRUCTION products Introduction to Fatty Acid Methyl Ester (FAME) biodiesel FAME biodiesel, called biodiesel fuel in the following section, consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable oils treated with methyl esters.

• United States Diesel Fuel Specification ASTM D975 allows up to 5% biodiesel since 2009. United States fuel suppliers are allowed to use up to 5% biodiesel fuel (B5) to supply the network.

• United States Biodiesel Fuel Specification ASTM D7467 provides specifications for diesel and biodiesel blends from B5 to B20.

Pure biodiesel blend stock (B100) specification is covered by the following requirements:

There are two main biodiesel fuel types: Rapeseed Methyl Ester (RME) and Soybean Methyl Ester (SME).

RME is a blend of rapeseed and sunflower methyl ester, and is the preferred crop in Europe. SME is the preferred crop in the United States.

• ASTM D6751 - Standard specification for biodiesel fuel blend stock (B100) for middle distillate fuels.

Biodiesel fuel is a renewable alternative fuel source. Its use and development is promoted worldwide, especially in Europe and in the United States.

Before raw oil can be converted into usable biodiesel fuel, it must undergo transesterification to remove glycerides. During the transesterification process, the oil reacts with an alcohol to separate the glycerine from the fat or vegetable oil. This process leaves behind two products: methyl ester (the chemical name for biodiesel) and glycerine (a byproduct usually sold for use in soaps or other products).

NOTICE: Your emissions control system is compatible with up to 5% biodiesel fuel (B5). Be aware that the use of biodiesel fuel that does not comply with the standards mentioned in this section could lead to severe damage to the engine, fuel system or aftertreatment system of your machine. The use of non-approved fuels may void CASE CONSTRUCTION Warranty coverage.

Biodiesel can be used to run Tier 4b diesel engines only when blended with standard diesel fuel: • B5: indicates the blend of 5% biodiesel and 95% diesel fuels.

• B7: indicates the blend of 7% biodiesel and 93% diesel fuels.

• B20: indicates the blend of 20% biodiesel and 80% diesel fuels. Do not use.

Biodiesel fuel has several positive features in comparison with diesel fuel: • Biodiesel fuel adds lubricity to the fuel, which is beneficial in many circumstances, particularly as sulfur and aromatics are removed from the fuel.

• Biodiesel has a greater cetane number and burns cleaner.

• Biodiesel produces less particulate matter and reduces smoke emissions.

NOTE: ASTM D6751 specification has been updated to improve the quality of biodiesel in the market place.

NOTICE: Biodiesel fuels approved for use in the CASE CONSTRUCTION equipment must be transesterified and comply with the latest North America Standard ASTM D6751.

NOTICE: Cold Pressed Biodiesel, Cold Pressed Oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel, are fuels that are normally made from Rapeseed oil or similar high oil content crops. These kinds of fuel are not transesterified, so they do not fulfil the ASTM D6751 requirements. There is no recognized quality standard available for these types of fuel. Therefore the use of Cold Pressed Biodiesel, Cold Pressed Oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel are NOT APPROVED at any blend in any CASE CONSTRUCTION product.

NOTICE: Any engine and fuel injection equipment fitted to a CASE CONSTRUCTION vehicle found to have run with any blend of NON-APPROVED fuel (fuel not fulfilling the specification described in the requirement ASTM D6751) will no longer be covered for Warranty by CASE CONSTRUCTION.

• Biodiesel is fully biodegradable and non-toxic.

Biodiesel fuel usage conditions

Diesel and biodiesel fuel specifications

You must stringently follow the biodiesel fuel usage conditions. Incorrect application of the biodiesel fuel usage conditions could lead to severe damage to the engine, fuel injection equipment and aftertreatment system.

Tier 4b diesel fuel specifications are covered by the following: • ASTM D975, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils. (15 ppm sulfur maximum.)

Biodiesel blends are covered by:

The main concerns related to operation with biodiesel fuels are: • Filters and injector blockage caused by poor fuel quality.

7-20

7 - MAINTENANCE

• Wear and corrosion of internal components due to water content, which affects lubricity.

• Deterioration of some rubber sealing compounds in the fuel system.

NOTICE: CASE CONSTRUCTION may void your warranty if the problem is associated with poor fuel quality due to improper blending. It is the responsibility of the fuel supplier and/or yourself to ensure the right type of fuel and blend is delivered and used.

• Biodiesel oxidation, which can lead to the formation of deposits that can harm the fuel injection system.

Storage

NOTICE: Any problem in the engine fuel injection equipment associated with non-compliance to the following conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance will not be covered for Warranty by CASE CONSTRUCTION.

The machine should not be stored for more than 6 months with biodiesel in the fuel system. For longer storage time, it is strongly suggested that only regular #2 diesel fuel is used.

Purchase biodiesel fuel from a trusted supplier who understands the product and maintains acceptable fuel quality. The National Biodiesel Board awards BQ-9000® accreditation to biodiesel marketers and producers that meet strict quality and consistency standards. Biodiesel users in North America are strongly encouraged to purchase biodiesel blends from the BQ-9000® Certified Marketers and sourced from the BQ-9000® Accredited Producers found on the BQ-9000® website.

The use of biodiesel blends up to B5 will not void the CASE CONSTRUCTION warranty as long as the following conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance are stringently followed: Biodiesel fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing biodiesel fuels on-site can result in an incorrect mixture that could damage the engine and/or fuel system.

NOTE: If storage for longer than 6 months is necessary, the engine must be run on regular #2 diesel for a minimum of 20 hours to flush the biodiesel fuel out of the fuel system prior to storage.

Biodiesel is highly hygroscopic and tends to collect water more than diesel fuel. This increases the risk of algae and bacteria growth which can cause severe damage to the fuel injection system. Keep the machine fuel tanks and on-site storage tanks as full as possible to limit the amount of air and water vapors inside the tank. Drain water from the tanks at least once a week.

NOTICE: Use only CASE CONSTRUCTION approved biocide additives on Tier 4b engines with an exhaust aftertreatment system.

7-21

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuses and relays The machine is equipped with five fuse box locations. Two locations in the front console, a side console box and two external locations (Glow-plug Control Unit and Telematics System).

Front console box 1. Turn the thumb screw (1) to loosen the panel cover (2) for the fuse box. Remove the panel cover.

RCPH10TLB320AAF

1

RCPH10TLB307AAF

2

RCPH10TLB303AAF

3

2. Remove the fuse box cover.

7-22

7 - MAINTENANCE

3. Refer to the decal on the interior side of the panel cover for fuse, relay, and/or diode functions.

RCPH10TLB310AAF

4

RCPH11TLB012BAD

5

RAPH12TLB0016BA

6

Front console ECU fuse and relay 1. Remove the cover from the steering column shroud.

Fuse or relay reference (1) (2) (3) (4)

Designation ECU B+ relay ECU B+ 20 A fuse ECU B+ 7.5 A fuse LAMBDA SENSOR B+ 7.5 A fuse

7-23

7 - MAINTENANCE

Side console box 1. Turn the thumb screws (1) to loosen the panel cover (2) for the fuse box. Remove the panel cover.

RCPH10TLB437AAF

7

RAIL16TLB0527BA

8

RCPH10TLB319AAF

9

2. Remove the fuse box covers (1) as needed.

3. Refer to the decal on the interior side of the panel cover for fuse, relay, and/or diode functions.

7-24

7 - MAINTENANCE

Glow-plug Control Unit (GCU) fuse 1. Raise the loader arm and engage the safety support.

2. Lift the engine hood.

3. Locate the 60 A fuse box for the GCU on the right hand side of the engine attached to the cab frame.

RAPH12TLB0017BA

7-25

10

7 - MAINTENANCE

Telematics system fuse 1. Raise the loader arm and engage the safety support.

2. Lift the engine hood.

3. On the right-hand side of the engine locate the wire harness with the in-line 5 A fuse. The location of the fuse will depend on the machine configuration: A. Machines equipped with the Battery Power Junction Stud (1) .

B. Machines equipped with a Master Disconnect Switch (2).

7-26

RAIL13TLB0207BA

11

RAIL13TLB0206BA

12

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuse, relay, and diode icon definitions Right-hand side console panel Power Shuttle

Powershift

47968249A 47968250

2

1

Fuse icon definitions Function

Symbol ECU B+

Instrument cluster key ON

TRAX B+

Instrument cluster B+

7-27

7 - MAINTENANCE

Function

Symbol Rear lights

Rear wipers/washers

Transmission differential lock

Tail lights

Pilot controls

Auxiliary plugs

4WD, Auto Ride Control

Dome light

Radio B+

Horn

Blower motor

A/C

Key switch

Air seat

2WD, Ride Control

7-28

7 - MAINTENANCE

Symbol

Function Quick coupler, EH Clam, Radio Key ON

SAHR brake

Comfort Steer

Side lights

Customer B+

Customer key ON

Power Lift™

Starter

Telematics NOTE: The Telematics system has an additional external fuse location. See “Fuses and Relays” 7-22.

7-29

7 - MAINTENANCE

Relay icon definitions Function

Symbol Power relay #1

Power relay #2

Power Lift™ relay

SAHR park brake relay

SAHR park brake transmission cutout relay

Forward relay (Power Shuttle only)

A/C relay

Comfort Steer relay (Power Shuttle only)

Reverse relay (Power Shuttle only)

Neutral relay

Starter interlock relay

Auto Ride Control relay

Rear light relay

7-30

7 - MAINTENANCE

Diode icon definitions Symbol

Function Quick coupler diode #1

Quick coupler diode #2

Quick coupler diode #3

Quick coupler diode #4

Quick coupler diode #5

Reverse signal diode (Power Shuttle only)

Forward signal diode (Power Shuttle only)

Torque control diode

7-31

7 - MAINTENANCE

Left-hand side steering column console panel Power Shuttle

84386692A

Powershift

3

84386693

4

Fuse icon definitions Function

Symbol Head lights

Front work lights

Turn signal, Hazards

Front wiper/washer

High beam

Beacon

Relay icon definitions Symbol

Function Comfort steer relay and Power relay #1 (Power Shuttle only) Comfort steer relay and Power relay #2 (Power Shuttle only) Power relay #3

Power relay #4

7-32

7 - MAINTENANCE

Symbol

Function Transmission De-clutch relay (Powershift only)

Transmission lock relay (Powershift only)

Start relay

Diode icon definitions Symbol

Function Reverse Signal Diode (Power Shuttle only)

Forward Signal Diode (Power Shuttle only)

7-33

7 - MAINTENANCE

Diagnostic/Service tool port The diagnostic/service tool port is located in the fuse box at the side console. Connect the Electronic Service Tool (EST) or DATAR to this port to update software and/or perform service and diagnostic tests.

1. Turn the thumb screws (1) to loosen the panel cover (2) for the fuse box. Remove the panel cover.

RCPH10TLB437AAF

1

RAIL16TLB0527BA

2

2. Plug into the necessary component: A. Remove the cap and plug into the main diagnostic/ service tool port (1).

B. Plug into the SiteWatch™ (telematics) connector (2) if necessary.

7-34

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic diagnostic test ports If equipped, the machine’s hydraulic system pressure can be easily checked from the hydraulic quick disconnect diagnostic test port(s) located on the right-hand side of the machine above the hydraulic reservoir tank and near the right-hand stabilizer on the inside of the chassis.

Hydraulic test port configurations NOTE: Hydraulic test ports on a mechanical control machine shown in the illustration.

Pilot or mechanical if equipped (three ports) • Top port — Loader pressure • Middle port — Steering pressure • Bottom port — Backhoe pressure

RCPH11TLB003BAD

1

RAIL15TLB0003BA

2

RAIL15TLB0004BA

3

• Rear port (attenuator hose)- Pump output pressure, hydraulic flow, and bleed air from the system.

7-35

7 - MAINTENANCE

STC® connectors WARNING Escaping fluid!

Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause infection or other injury. To prevent personal injury: Relieve all pressure before disconnecting fluid lines or performing work on the hydraulic system. Before applying pressure, make sure all connections are tight and all components are in good condition. Never use your hand to check for suspected leaks under pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see your doctor immediately.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0178A

Depending on the date of manufacture, your Tractor Loader Backhoes (TLB) hydraulic and steering systems may have STC® connectors that attach to system components. Not all connectors in these systems will be STC® connectors.

STC® connectors do not require tightening or a torque specification but will require the use of a tool to disconnect.

The tool is mounted to the right-hand chassis upright inside the engine compartment.

1. Park the machine on a firm level surface.

2. Lower the backhoe to the ground or place it in the stowed position.

3. Raise the loader arm and engage the safety support strut.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Release hydraulic pressure. See “Hydraulic system pressure release” 7-117 for the procedure.

6. Open the engine hood.

7. The STC® tool (1) is kept on the right-hand side of the machine mounted to the inside of the right-hand chassis upright with a bolt.

7-36

RAIL17TLB0498BA

1

RAIL17TLB0464AA

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTE: STC® connectors are easily identified by the black ring (3) on the end of the connector.

8. Use the tool (1) to disconnect STC® connectors. Insert the tool (1) between the rounded black ring (3) and metal sleeve (2) of the connector. This will release the two connectors from each other.

9. To connect STC® connectors. Remove the STC® tool (1) and press the male and female connectors together until the black ring snaps into place.

7-37

RAIL17TLB0465AA

3

RAIL17TLB0467AA

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

Heater coolant shutoff valve CAUTION Burn hazard!

The engine and exhaust system become hot during operation. To prevent burns, open the engine compartment and allow the components to cool to a comfortable touch temperature before you work inside the engine compartment.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0178A

The cab heater coolant shutoff valve controls the flow of hot coolant to the heater.

1. Park the machine.

2. Engage the loader arm support strut.

3. Open the engine hood.

4. Locate the shutoff valve (2) on the left-hand side of the engine. The shutoff valve connects to the engine coolant return-to-radiator tube (1).

5. Perform one of the following actions: ○ In warm ambient temperatures, turn the shutoff valve clockwise to stop hot coolant flow to the heater. ○ In cold ambient temperatures, turn the shutoff valve counter-clockwise to allow hot coolant to flow to the heater.

7-38

RAIL14TLB0410AA

1

RCPH10TLB159AAF

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE CHART

Maintenance chart Cleaning Tire inflating Grease Tighten Check Replace

Lubricate Adjust Change fluid Bleed Charging

Maintenance action

Page no.

At warning message display x Engine air filters x Hydraulic filter(s) x Fuel system water separator Initial 10 hours x Air-conditioning compressor drive belt x Wheel nut and bolt torque Every 10 hours or daily x Engine oil level x Loader, backhoe, Extendahoe grease fittings x Tire pressure and condition Initial 20 hours x Transmission fluid level x Front axle fluid level - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) x Rear axle fluid level Every 50 hours x Fuel system water separator x Coolant reservoir (deaeration reservoir) fluid level x Hydraulic reservoir fluid level x Loader hydraulic coupler lock pins x Front axle grease fittings x 4-in-1 bucket pivots and grease fittings Initial 100 hours x Hydraulic filter(s) x Transmission filter x Fuel filters x Service brakes x Parking brake Every 100 hours x Backhoe swing control x Extendahoe control Every 250 hours x Operator's seat x Battery x Air-conditioning compressor drive belt x Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) x Front axle breather valve - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) x Front axle drive shaft - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) x Rear axle fluid level x Rear axle breather x Rear axle drive shaft x Fuel tank x Transmission fluid level x Air-conditioning compressor seals Every 500 hours 7-39

7-41 7-43 7-44 7-46 7-47 7-48 7-50 7-59 7-60 7-62 7-63 7-64 7-66 7-67 7-67 7-68 7-69 7-70 7-72 7-74 7-76 7-77 7-78 7-78 7-79 7-80 7-81 7-82 7-83 7-83 7-84 7-84 7-84 7-85 7-86 7-87

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cleaning Tire inflating Grease Tighten Check Replace

Lubricate Adjust Change fluid Bleed Charging

Maintenance action x Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) x Fuel filters x Engine oil and filter x Extendahoe® wear pad - adjustment and greasing Every 1000 hours x Hydraulic fluid and filter(s) x Hydraulic reservoir breather x Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) x Rear axle fluid x Transmission fluid and filter x Engine air filters x Cab intake filter x Parking brake x Battery fluid level Every 1500 hours of operation or annually x Engine Crankcase Ventilation (CCV) Filter Every 4000 hours x Cooling system As required x Swing cylinder area x Front fender x Bleed air from the fuel system x Hydraulic pump x Hydraulic system - pressure release x Tire pressure x Operator's seat x Engine cooling system - Cleaning x Fan belt x Ride control accumulator x Pilot control accumulator x Disable parking brake x Bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow x Uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow

7-40

Page no.

7-88 7-90 7-92 7-94 7-97 7-99 7-100 7-102 7-103 7-105 7-106 7-107 7-108 7-109 7-110 7-113 7-114 7-115 7-116 7-117 7-119 7-120 7-122 7-123 7-125 7-125 7-126 7-128 7-130

7 - MAINTENANCE

At warning message display

Engine air filters Clean or replace the engine air filter whenever the warning lamp

remains illuminated while the engine is running.

1. Clean the area around the outside front cover of the air filter housing.

2. Inspect the air filter housing and components for damage.

3. Release the clips that secure the air filter housing cover in place.

RAIL14UTL0039BA

1

RAIL14UTL0033AA

2

4. Remove and inspect the primary filter.

A. Replace the filter if you notice damage to the sides or edges. If you do not notice damage, continue to the next step.

B. Examine the inside of the filter. If the filter has dust and debris on the inside, replace the filter. If the filter is clean continue to the next step.

C. Lightly tap the ends of the filter against the palm of your hand. Never tap the ends against a hard surface.

D. Shine a light inside the filter. Replace the filter if you see light spots or deteriorated areas. If no damage is apparent, use the same filter.

NOTICE: It is okay to clean the primary filter three or four times, however you must replace a damaged filter.

7-41

7 - MAINTENANCE

5. With the primary filter removed, use a lint-free cloth tied to a stiff rod and wipe the inside of the housing clean.

Avoid touching the inner filter.

RCPH11TLB056BAD

3

RCPH11TLB056BAD

4

6. Remove the inner filter only if the outside of it is dirty, replace the inner filter do not clean. Repeat step 5 if replacing the inner filter.

7. Dispose of the filters in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

8. If applicable, install the inner air filter. Ensure that you form a tight seal.

9. Install the primary air filter. Ensure that you form a tight seal.

10. Fasten the clips that secure the air filter housing in place.

11. Start up the engine.

12. Ensure that the warning lamp does not illuminate. If the warning lamp continues to illuminate replace the outer filter. If the problem continues replace the inner filter.

7-42

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic filter(s) Replace the hydraulic oil filter whenever the warning lamp remains illuminated while the engine is running at normal operating temperature.

The hydraulic filter is located under the left rear portion of the machine just in front of the rear axle.

RCPH10TLB042AAF

1

RCPH10TLB428AAF

2

RCPH10TLB045AAF

3

1. Slowly open the hydraulic reservoir cap to help relieve pressure.

2. Clean the area around the filter head area before removing the old filter. Wear eye protection to keep dirt and debris from eyes.

3. Use a filter wrench and remove the old filter. Have a suitable container ready to capture any fluid that might leak or spill.

4. Dispose of the filter in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

5. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter with clean oil.

6. Install the new filter and turn it clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

7. Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.

8. Tighten the hydraulic reservoir cap.

9. Start up the engine.

10. Ensure the warning lamp does not illuminate.

11. After running for three or four minutes, shut down the engine.

12. Inspect for leaks.

7-43

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel system water separator Drain the water separator and check the fuel tank whenever the engine fault indicator lamp (1) illuminates, the audible alarm sounds, and the water in fuel system screen (2) appears in the display.

NOTICE: The indicator lamp only illuminates at potential problems. To ensure the machine operates correctly, follow the maintenance service interval guidelines listed on the maintenance decal and in this manual.

RCPH10TLB027AAF

1

RAIL17TLB0485BA

2

RAIL17TLB0485BA

3

RCPH10TLB031AAF

4

NOTE: A clear bowl allows a visible check of the fuel for water. If water or sediment is present, drain water out of the filter and the fuel tank.

1. Remove the wire connector attached to the bottom of the drain valve for the water separator.

• Press on the wire clasp that holds the connector to the drain to remove.

7-44

7 - MAINTENANCE

2. Hold a small container under the water separator and loosen the drain valve.

3. Collect a small amount of fluid and inspect for water or sediment.

4. Drain until water or sediment is no longer present.

5. Close the drain valve.

6. If water or sediment was found in the water separator, drain the fuel tank.

A. Place a collection container under the drain plug and remove the plug.

B. After water and sediment are removed, install and tighten the plug.

RAIL14UTL0035AA

7-45

5

7 - MAINTENANCE

Initial 10 hours

Air-conditioning compressor drive belt Inspect the tension of a new air conditioning belt after the first 10 h of operation and then every 250 h of operation.

Replace the belt if it is worn or damaged.

1. Check the belt at the location shown with a belt tension gauge. Specification is 122 – 149 N·m (90 – 110 lb ft).

RAIL11TLB0001AA

1

RAIL11TLB0005AA

2

2. If the belt tension does not meet specification: A. Loosen the pivot bolt (1).

B. Loosen the lock nut (2).

C. Turn the adjustment bolt (3) clockwise to tighten the belt. Turn the adjustment bolt counter-clockwise the belt will loosen.

D. When adjustment is complete, tighten the lock nut and pivot bolt.

7-46

7 - MAINTENANCE

Wheel nut and bolt torque Check the torque of the wheel nuts and bolts at the first 10 h of operation whenever a wheel is removed or for a new machine. If the nuts and bolts are loose, tighten and check after an additional 10 h of operation. Repeat until the nuts and bolts remain tight.

Rear wheels NOTICE: Tighten nuts in a crossing pattern (sequence), as shown.

Rear wheel: 1.

Tighten the five mounting nuts in sequence until the wheel is snug again the axle hub.

2.

Tighten the nuts in sequence to a torque of 136 N·m (100 lb ft).

3.

Tighten the nuts a second time, in sequence, to a torque of 271 N·m (200 lb ft).

4.

Tighten the nuts in sequence an additional 30° to set the preload.

5.

Repeat the procedure on the remaining five mounting nuts.

RAIL14FRK0031BA

1

Front wheels NOTICE: Tighten bolts and washers in a crossing pattern (sequence), as shown. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) axle shown but the sequence is the same for Two-Wheel Drive (2WD).

Front Two-Wheel Drive (2WD): 1. Tighten the eight mounting bolts with washers in sequence until the wheel is snug again the axle hub.

2. Tighten the bolts in sequence to: ○ For tire size 12 x 16.5 – 119 – 125 N·m (88 – 92 lb ft) ○ For tire size 11 x 16 - 156 – 203 N·m (115 – 150 lb ft) 3. For tire size 12 x 16.5. Tighten the bolts in sequence an additional 30° to set the preload.

Front Four-Wheel Drive (4WD): 1.

Tighten the eight mounting bolts in sequence until the wheel is snug again the axle hub.

2.

Tighten the bolts in sequence to a torque of 119 – 125 N·m (88 – 92 lb ft).

3.

Tighten the bolts in sequence an additional 43° to set the preload.

7-47

RAIL14FRK0032BA

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 10 hours or daily

Engine oil level Check the engine oil level before you start the engine each day or before the start of each 10 h shift.

Engine oil specifications – CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 SAE 10W-40 or use the “Engine oils” chart (7-16) Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) engine oil specifications – CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SSL CJ-4 SAE 0W-40.

1. To ensure an accurate level reading: A. Park the machine on level ground.

B. Raise the loader arms and engage the safety support strut.

C. Shut down the engine.

D. Allow time for the oil to drain down into the pan.

2. Push the dipstick completely in and then pull the dipstick out.

RAIL17TLB0486BA

1

RCPH10TLB029AAF

2

3. Inspect the dipstick. The oil level should be at the mark for maximum capacity.

7-48

7 - MAINTENANCE

4. If necessary add engine oil at the fill location on the machine.

RAIL17TLB0485BA

7-49

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Loader, backhoe, Extendahoe grease fittings Clean the fittings before greasing. Grease the pivot points, pins, and fittings with TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 every 10 h of operation or each day. If you operate the machine in severe conditions, grease more often.

Loader

RCPH10TLB065FAM

(1) Lift arm pivot (2) Bucket link (3) Bucket cylinder trunnion

1

(4) Bucket pivots (5) Bucket cylinder, rod end (6) Lift cylinder

(1) Lift arm pivot - four total, two on each side

RCPH10TLB381AAF

7-50

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

(2) Bucket link - Two total, one on each side

RCPH10TLB379AAF

3

RCPH10TLB380AAF

4

RCPH10TLB389AAF

5

RCPH10TLB388AAF

6

(3) Bucket cylinder trunnion - Two total, one on each side

(4) Bucket pivots - Four total, two on each side

(5) Bucket cylinder, rod end - Two total, one on each side

7-51

7 - MAINTENANCE

(6) Lift cylinder, closed end and rod end - four total, two on each side

RAPH12UTL0026AA

7-52

7

7 - MAINTENANCE

Backhoe/Extendahoe

RCPH11TLB001FAM

(1) Boom release (2) Upper swing pivot (3) Boom cylinder, rod end (4) Boom cylinder, closed end (5) Dipper cylinder, rod end (6) Bucket cylinder, closed end (7) Bucket cylinder, rod end

8

(8) Coupler links (9) Bucket link (10) Bucket pivot, without hydraulic coupler (11) Bucket pivot, with hydraulic coupler (12) Extendahoe dipper with gripper teeth (13) Dipper pivot (14) Dipper cylinder, closed end

(15) Boom pivot (16) Swing cylinder, rod end (17) Lower swing pivot (18) Trunnion (19) Stabilizer cylinder pin (20) Stabilizer cylinder, closed end

(1) Boom release - One

RCPH10TLB371AAF

7-53

9

7 - MAINTENANCE

(2) Upper swing pivot - One

RCPH10TLB382AAF

10

RCPH10TLB371AAF

11

RCPH10TLB372AAF

12

RCPH10TLB372AAF

13

(3) Boom cylinder, rod end - One

(4) Boom cylinder, closed end - One

(5) Dipper cylinder, rod end - One

7-54

7 - MAINTENANCE

(6) Bucket cylinder, closed end - One

RCPH10TLB374AAF

14

RCPH10TLB375AAF

15

RCPH10TLB366AAF

16

RCPH10TLB384AAF

17

(7) Bucket cylinder, rod end - One

(8) Coupler links - Six total, three on each side

(9) Bucket link - One

7-55

7 - MAINTENANCE

(10) Bucket pivot, without hydraulic coupler - One

RCPH10TLB385AAF

18

RCPH10TLB366AAF

19

RCPH10TLB386AAF

20

RAIL17TLB0457AA

21

(11) Bucket pivot, with hydraulic coupler- Two

(12) Extendahoe, if equipped - Two total: • Top

• Underneath

7-56

7 - MAINTENANCE

(13) Dipper pivot - Two total, one on each side

RCPH10TLB373AAF

22

RCPH10TLB376AAF

23

RCPH10TLB390AAF

24

RCPH10TLB367AAF

25

(14) Dipper cylinder, closed end - One

(15) Boom pivot - Two total, one on each side

(16) Swing cylinder, rod end - Two

7-57

7 - MAINTENANCE

(17) Lower swing pivot - One

RCPH10TLB383AAF

26

RCPH10TLB377AAF

27

RAIL15TLB0444BA

28

RCPH10TLB378AAF

29

(18) Trunnion - Four total, two on each side

(19) Stabilizer cylinder pin - Two total, one on each stabilizer

(20) Stabilizer cylinder, closed end - Two total, one on each side

7-58

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tire pressure and condition WARNING Explosion hazard!

Always maintain correct tire pressure as indicated in this manual. DO NOT inflate tires above the recommended pressure. Excessive pressure could result in tire failure.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0109A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

Tires must be replaced by skilled personnel with the proper tools and technical knowledge. Unskilled personnel replacing wheels or tires could result in serious physical injuries, tire damage, and/or wheel distortion. Always have a qualified tire mechanic service wheels and tires.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0171A

The machine will be hard to turn and the tires will wear faster if the correct pressure is not maintained. When a worn or damaged tire is replaced, the replacement must be the same size and tread design as the other tires on the machine.

Replace both front tires or both rear tires and in some cases all four tires.

Adding air to the tire NOTICE: Tire pressure gauges should be checked at regular intervals for calibration and accuracy.

NOTE: Tire inflation pressure affects the amount of weight that a tire may carry.

1. Check the tire pressure.

2. Inspect the tire for tread or side wall damage.

3. Inspect the rim for damage.

4. Before you add air, have the wheel correctly installed on the machine or put the wheel in a restraining device (tire inflation cage).

5. Use an air hose with a remote shutoff valve, self-locking air chuck, and wear eye protection.

6. Stand BEHIND the tread of the tire and make sure ALL persons are away from the side of the tire before you start to add air.

RCPH10TLB072AAF

7. Inflate the tire to the recommended air pressure. DO NOT inflate the tire more than the recommended maximum pressure given on the tire.

Tire pressure chart Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) Front tires Four-Wheel Drive Front tires (4WD) Rear tires

TIRE SIZE 11L X 16, 10PR 12 x 16.5 10PR 305/70 R16.5 17.5L x 24, 10PR 19.5L x 24, 10PR 500/70 R24

7-59

359 kPa 345 kPa 345 kPa 221 kPa 193 kPa 241 kPa

PRESSURE (52 psi) (50 psi) (50 psi) (32 psi) (28 psi) (35 psi)

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Initial 20 hours

Transmission fluid level DANGER Avoid injury!

Starting in gear can cause death. Start the engine only from the operator's seat with the transmission control(s) in neutral.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0114A

WARNING Rotating parts!

The engine is running. Keep clear of rotating fans and belts.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0275A

WARNING Unexpected machine movement!

Always engage the parking brake before exiting the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1011B

NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID. Check the fluid level of the transmission after the first 20 h of operation on a new machine or after a component rebuild. Then check the fluid level every 250 h of operation.

Transmission fluid specification – CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) transmission fluid specifications – CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL. 1. Start the engine. The engine must be running to accurately check the transmission fluid level.

2. Ensure that the transmission gear shift and the directional control lever are in the NEUTRAL position.

3. Keep the park brake engaged.

4. Raise the loader arm and secure it in place with the support strut.

5. Lift open the engine hood.

6. Turn the dipstick handle (1) counter-clockwise and pull out the dipstick.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

7-60

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Check the fluid level on the dipstick. The level should be between the high (H) mark and the (L) mark.

RCPH10TLB054AAF

8. Add fluid as needed. Do not fill above the high mark.

7-61

2

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle fluid level - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) NOTE: The figures may not match your machine. The drain plugs, drain position, and the check/fill position are the same. You must check the center bowl and planetary ends.

Check the oil level of the front wheel drive axle after the first 20 h of operation with a new machine or after a component rebuild. Then check the oil level every 250 h of operation.

Axle and hub oil specification – TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140 1. Raise the wheels about 25 mm (1 in) above the surface with the loader.

2. Rotate each wheel so that the oil level plug is in the position shown.

3. Lower the wheels to the surface.

4. Slowly remove the plug. Oil should be even with the plug orifice.

5. Add oil as needed.

6. Install the plug.

7. Repeat the procedure for the other wheel.

8. Slowly remove the plug from the center bowl. should be even with the orifice.

RAIL14FRK0088BA

1

RAPH12FRK1115AA

2

Oil

9. Add oil as needed.

10. Install the plug.

7-62

7 - MAINTENANCE

Rear axle fluid level Check the oil level of the rear axle after the first 20 h of operation with a new machine or after a component rebuild.

Then check the oil level every 250 h hours of operation.

Rear axle fluid specification – TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140

1. Place the machine on a firm level surface.

2. Slowly remove the oil check/fill plug. Oil should be even with the plug orifice.

3. Add oil as needed.

4. Install the plug.

RCPH09TLB006AAF

7-63

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 50 hours

Fuel system water separator Drain the water separator and check the fuel for water or sediment every 50 h.

NOTE: A clear bowl allows a visible check of the fuel for water. If water or sediment is present, drain water out of the filter and the fuel tank.

RAIL17TLB0485BA

1

RAIL17TLB0485BA

2

RCPH10TLB031AAF

3

1. Remove the wire connector attached to the bottom of the drain valve for the water separator.

NOTE: View is from underneath the machine.

• Press on the wire clasp that holds the connector to the drain to remove.

2. Hold a small container under the water separator and loosen the drain valve.

3. Collect a small amount of fluid and inspect for water or sediment.

4. Drain until water or sediment is no longer present.

5. Close the drain valve.

7-64

7 - MAINTENANCE

6. If water or sediment was found in the water separator, drain the fuel tank.

A. Place a collection container under the drain plug and remove the plug .

B. After water and sediment are removed, install and tighten the plug.

RAIL14UTL0035AA

7-65

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

Coolant reservoir (deaeration reservoir) fluid level WARNING Burn hazard!

Hot coolant can spray and scald if you remove the radiator or deaeration tank cap while the system is hot. To remove the cap: allow the system to cool, turn the cap to the first notch, and wait for all pressure to release. Remove the cap only after all pressure has released.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0367A

NOTICE: NEVER mix OAT coolant with conventional coolant. Under no circumstances should you top off a cooling system with only water. You can use a refractometer to check the concentration level. Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) should not be used when using CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. Check the de-aeration reservoir fluid level every 50 h of operation.

Coolant specification – CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT 1. To ensure an accurate level reading: A. Park the machine on level ground.

B. Shut down the engine.

C. Allow time for the coolant to completely cool.

Coolant must be cold before proceeding.

2. Check the coolant level on the reservoir. The coolant level should be between the HOT MAX mark (1) and the COLD MIN mark (2).

RAIL14UTL0041BA

1

RAIL14UTL0041BA

2

WARNING Hot liquid under pressure!

Service when cool.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1187A

3. Open the filler cap by slowing turning the cap counterclockwise until it is removed. It is not necessary to remove the hoses in order to remove the cap.

4. Add coolant as needed.

5. Secure the de-areation cap.

7-66

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic reservoir fluid level NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness are of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic system. Deviation from the prescribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty.

Check the fluid level of the hydraulic system every 50 h of operation or each week, whichever occurs first.

Hydraulic oil specification – CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) hydraulic oil specifications – CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL. 1. Park the machine on level ground.

2. To ensure an accurate level reading: • Lower the loader bucket to the surface.

• Put the backhoe in transport position.

• Raise both stabilizers.

• Allow the hydraulic fluid to cool.

3. Turn off the engine.

4. Move all hydraulic controls in each direction to relieve system pressure.

5. Check the gauge (1) on the hydraulic reservoir. The hydraulic reservoir is full when hydraulic fluid comes to the FULL COLD mark in the gauge.

6. Add hydraulic fluid as needed. Slowly turn the reservoir cap (2) to relieve pressure and the remove the cap.

RCPH10TLB428AAF

1

RCPH10TLB269AAF

1

Loader hydraulic coupler lock pins If equipped, grease the lock pins for the hydraulic coupler every 50 h of operation.

Grease specification – TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 Grease both fittings, one on each side.

7-67

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle grease fittings Grease the king pins and the front axle pivot every 50 h of operation, or more frequently, if the machine has been working in water or extremely muddy conditions.

Axle grease specification – TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 • King pins, two-wheel drive - Four total, two on each side

RCPH10TLB063AAF

1

RCPH10TLB369AAF

2

RCPH10TLB370AAF

3

• King pins, four wheel drive - Four total, two on each side

• Front axle pivot, remote fitting - One

7-68

7 - MAINTENANCE

4-in-1 bucket pivots and grease fittings Grease the pivots and fittings for the 4-in-1 bucket, if equipped, every 50 h of operation.

Grease specification – TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9

• Bucket pivot - Two total, one on each side

RCPH10TLB258AAF

1

RCPH10TLB258AAF

2

RCPH10TLB258AAF

3

• Cylinder, rod end - Two total, one on each side

• Cylinder, closed end - Two total, one on each side

7-69

7 - MAINTENANCE

Initial 100 hours

Hydraulic filter(s) NOTICE: Always replace the hydraulic filter whenever the warning lamp running.

remains illuminated while the engine is

NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness are of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic system. Deviation from the prescribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty.

Replace the hydraulic filter after the first 100 h on a new machine or if a major component has been rebuilt. Then replace the hydraulic filter every 1000 h of operation.

Hydraulic oil specification: CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) hydraulic oil specifications – CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL. The hydraulic filter is located under the left rear portion of the machine just in front of the rear axle.

RCPH10TLB042AAF

1

RCPH10TLB428AAF

2

1. Slowly open the hydraulic reservoir cap to help relieve pressure.

7-70

7 - MAINTENANCE

2. Clean the area around the filter head area before removing the old filter. Wear eye protection to keep dirt and debris from eyes.

3. Use a filter wrench and remove the old filter. Have a suitable container ready to capture any fluid that might leak or spill.

4. Dispose of the filter and collected fluid in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

5. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter with clean oil.

6. Install the new filter and turn it clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

RCPH10TLB045AAF

7. Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.

8. Tighten the hydraulic reservoir cap.

9. Start up the engine.

10. After running for three or four minutes: A. Ensure the warning lamp does not illuminate.

B. Shut down the engine.

11. Inspect for leaks.

7-71

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transmission filter Replace the transmission filter after the first 100 h on a new machine or if a major component has been rebuilt.

Transmission fluid specification – CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) transmission fluid specifications – CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL.

1. Clean the area around the transmission dipstick (1) and remove the dipstick.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RCPH10TLB395AAF

2

RCPH10TLB023AAF

3

2. Clean the area around the transmission filter head.

Clean the surrounding areas to help eliminate contamination.

• Powershift S-type transmission - The filter is located on the left-hand side, near the fuel tank.

• Manual (powershuttle) transmission - The filter is on the right-hand side, between the chassis and the transmission.

NOTE: Remote transmission filter kit is available for easier access to the transmission filter on manual (Powershuttle) transmissions. The remote filter kit positions the filter vertically and is easier to access from underneath the machine. The remote filter bracket attaches to the right-hand side transmission mounting bracket.

3. Place a suitable container under the transmission filter to capture fluid during the procedure.

4. Remove the filter. Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

5. Dispose of the filter and collected fluid in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

6. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter with clean oil.

7-72

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTICE: Never use a filter removal tool to install the filter.

7. Install the new filter and turn clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

8. Continue to tighten the filter another 1/3 turn.

9. Replace the transmission dipstick.

10. Start up the engine.

11. Check for leaks around the filter 12. Operate the machine in first and second gear for a few minutes.

13. Park the machine on a level surface.

14. Check the fluid level and add if necessary.

7-73

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel filters Replace the fuel filters after the first 100 h of operation on a new machine or if a major component has been rebuilt.

Then replace the fuel filters every 500 h of operation or after a loss of engine power.

1. Fill the fuel tank before proceeding.

2. Open the fuel tank cap slightly to release pressure.

3. Clean the area around the water separator of dirt and debris.

4. Remove the wire connector at the base of the water separator.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RAIL17TLB0350BA

2

RCPH10TLB031AAF

3

• Press on the wire clasp that holds the connector to the drain to remove.

7-74

7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Remove the black collar (1) and the filter (2). Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

6. Apply clean engine oil to the new fuel filter seal.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

4

RAIL17TLB0350BA

5

NOTICE: Never use a filter removal tool to install a new filter.

7. Install the new filter.

8. Install the black collar and turn until it snaps into place.

9. Continue to tighten the filter and additional 1/2 to 3/4 turn.

10. Install the wire connector. You should hear it click into position.

11. Clean the area around the primary fuel filter of dirt and debris.

12. Turn the primary filter counter-clockwise to remove.

Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

13. Apply clean engine oil to the new primary filter seal.

14. Turn the new primary filter clockwise onto the filter head until the filter gasket makes contact with the filter body.

15. Continue to tighten the primary filter and additional 1/2 to 3/4 turn.

16. Tighten the fuel tank cap.

17. Dispose of the filters and collected fluid in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

NOTICE: Air in the fuel system causes excessive engine cranking before the engine starts. It is crucial that all air be removed from the system.

18.

WARNING Pressurized system!

Only use the bleed screw to bleed air from the fuel system. DO NOT loosen the fuel or injector lines to bleed air. Injury or damage can occur. Fuel or injector lines are under very high pressure.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0285A

Bleed air from the system. For detailed instructions, see page 7-115.

7-75

7 - MAINTENANCE

Service brakes WARNING Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!

Before operating the machine, check for correct operation of steering, brakes, hydraulic controls, instruments, and safety equipment. Make sure the transmission control lever is in the neutral position.

Make all adjustments before operating the machine.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0204A

NOTE: Review the procedures in their entirety before proceeding. Ensure you allow surplus room for machine travel.

Check the operation of the service (pedal) brakes on a hard level surface after the first 100 h of operation.

1. Make sure that the area is clear of other workers or bystanders.

2. Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.

3. Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.

4. Move the operator's seat into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.

5. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.

6. Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.

7. Start up the engine.

8. Disengage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), if equipped.

9. Make sure that the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.

10. Press and hold the service brakes and release the parking brake.

11. Place the direction control lever in FORWARD. 12. Release the service brakes.

13. Increase the engine speed to full throttle.

14. When the machine is moving at full speed, remove your foot from the throttle and stop the machine. The machine must stop smoothly in a straight line and the brake pedal effort must feel firm.

NOTICE: If the machine does not stop in a straight line or if the brake pedal effort feels soft, contact your dealer for service.

7-76

7 - MAINTENANCE

Parking brake Check the operation of the parking brake after the first 100 h of operation. Then check the parking brake every 1000 h of operation.

1. Make sure the area is clear of other workers or bystanders.

2. Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.

3. Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.

4. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.

5. Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.

6. Disconnect the connector for Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Released (SAHR) brake solenoid on the transmission. For detailed instructions, see 7-126.

7. Move the operator's seat into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.

8. Start the engine.

9. Disengage four wheel drive, if equipped.

10. Ensure the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.

11. Disengage the parking brake.

12. Place the direction control lever in forward and increase the engine speed to 1500 RPM. The machine must not move. Contact your dealer for service as needed.

13. Stop the engine.

14. Connect the connector for the Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Released (SAHR) brake solenoid to the transmission. The connector must be attached before returning the machine to operation. For detailed instructions, see 7-126.

15. Test the parking brake to ensure it engages and disengages correctly. For example, transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is applied.

7-77

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 100 hours

Backhoe swing control Grease the two fittings for the swing pedals, if equipped, every 100 h of operation.

1. Remove the two plastic plugs on the backside of the backhoe control tower to access the fittings.

2. Wipe dirt and debris away from the fittings and around the area.

3. Grease the fittings with TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 and insert the plastic plugs.

RCPH10TLB128AAF

1

RAIL14TLB0702AA

1

Extendahoe control Grease the fitting of the foot pedal control for the Extendahoe, if equipped, every 100 h of operation.

1. Remove the plastic plug on the backside of the backhoe control tower to access the fitting.

2. Wipe dirt and debris away from the fitting and around the area.

3. Grease the fitting with TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 and insert the plastic plug.

7-78

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 250 hours

Operator's seat NOTE: Air suspension seats are maintenance free. Do not lubricate.

Inspect, clean, and lubricate the operator's seat every 250 h of operation.

1. Clean the seat slides.

2. Apply CNH IRON GARD GRAPHITE NON-STICK to the seat slides.

LUBRICANT

RAIL14UTL0051BA

1

NOTICE: Do not apply graphite grease to the bearing area. Use compressed air only, to clear dirt and debris.

3.

CAUTION Eye injury hazard!

Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0035A

Use compressed air to keep the seat bearing area clear of debris and dirt.

RAIL14UTL0051BA

2

RCPH10TLB131AAF

3

4. Tip the backrest fully forward.

5. Wipe the area clean with a rag.

6. Apply CNH IRON GARD GRAPHITE LUBRICANT NON-STICK to the tilt mechanism (3) on each side.

7-79

7 - MAINTENANCE

Battery WARNING Hazardous chemicals!

Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash hands after handling.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0006A

Check the batteries for dirt, corrosion, and damage every 250 h of operation.

Dirt mixed with electrolyte or moisture on the top of the battery can cause a discharged condition in the battery.

1. If your machine is equipped with a tool box, release the tool box pivot bolt.

2. Remove the battery access door.

3. Use baking soda or ammonia and flush the outside of the battery with water.

4. Use the CASE CONSTRUCTION battery saver to prevent corrosion on the battery terminals. Follow the instructions on the bottle. The battery saver does not require water. If the battery saver is not available, use a suitable, special cleaner designed to prevent corrosion.

5. Keep the battery vents clean. Make sure the vents are not restricted.

7-80

7 - MAINTENANCE

Air-conditioning compressor drive belt Inspect the tension of a new air conditioning belt after the first 10 h of operation and then every 250 h of operation.

Replace the belt if it is worn or damaged.

1. Check the belt at the location shown with a belt tension gauge. Specification is 122 – 149 N·m (90 – 110 lb ft).

RAIL11TLB0001AA

1

RAIL11TLB0005AA

2

2. If the belt tension does not meet specification: A. Loosen the pivot bolt (1).

B. Loosen the lock nut (2).

C. Turn the adjustment bolt (3) clockwise to tighten the belt. Turn the adjustment bolt counter-clockwise the belt will loosen.

D. When the adjustment is complete, tighten the lock nut and pivot bolt.

7-81

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Check the oil level of the front wheel drive axle every 250 h of operation.

Axle (differential) oil specifications: 5.5 L (1.45 US gal) of TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140 Planetary hub oil specification: 0.7 L (0.18 US gal) of TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140 (each hub) NOTE: The illustrations may not match your machine. The drain plugs, drain position, and the check/fill position are the same. You must check the center bowl and planetary ends.

1. Raise the wheels about 25 mm (1 in) above the surface with the loader.

2. Rotate each wheel so that the oil level plug is in the position shown.

3. Lower the wheels to the surface.

4. Shut down the engine.

5. Slowly remove the plug. Oil should be even with the plug orifice.

6. Add oil as needed.

7. Install the plug.

8. Repeat the procedure for the other wheel.

9. Slowly remove the plug from the center bowl. should be even with the orifice.

RAIL14FRK0088BA

1

RAPH12FRK1115AA

2

Oil

10. Add oil as needed.

11. Install the plug.

7-82

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle breather valve - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Clean the front axle breather every 250 h of operation. If you operate the machine in severe conditions, clean it more frequently.

1. Locate the front axle breather valve on the top left-hand side of the front axle.

2. Remove dirt and debris from the area around the breather and clean with solvent.

3.

CAUTION Eye injury hazard!

Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0035A

Dry the area with compressed air.

RCPH10TLB058AAF

1

RAIL11TLB0010AA

1

4. Spin the top cap to ensue that it is free to turn.

Front axle drive shaft - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Grease the front slip spline every 250 h of operation.

Use TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 .

7-83

7 - MAINTENANCE

Rear axle fluid level Check the oil level of the rear axle every 250 h.

Rear axle oil specification – TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140 1. Place the machine on a firm level surface.

2. Slowly remove the oil check/fill plug. Oil should be even with the plug orifice.

3. Add oil as needed.

4. Install the plug.

RCPH09TLB006AAF

1

Rear axle breather Clean the rear axle breather every 250 h of operation. If you operate the machine in severe conditions, clean it more frequently.

1. Remove dirt and debris from the area around the breather and clean with solvent.

2.

CAUTION Eye injury hazard!

Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0035A

Dry the area with compressed air.

3. Spin the top cap to ensue that it is free to turn.

RCPH10TLB295AAF

1

RCPH10TLB061AAF

1

Rear axle drive shaft Grease the rear axle drive shaft every 250 h of operation. Use TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9.

7-84

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel tank Inspect the fuel tank for water and sediment every 250 h of operation.

1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.

2. Place a collection container under the drain plug for the fuel tank and slowly remove the drain plug.

3. Allow a small amount of fluid into the collection container and install and tighten the drain plug.

4. If water or sediment is found, drain and clean the fuel tank as needed.

RAIL14TLB0699BA

7-85

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transmission fluid level NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID. Check the fluid level of the transmission every 250 h of operation.

Transmission fluid specification – CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) transmission fluid specifications – CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL. 1.

WARNING Rotating parts!

The engine is running. Keep clear of rotating fans and belts.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0275A

Start up the engine. The engine must be running at idle to accurately check the transmission fluid level.

2. Turn the dipstick handle (1) counter-clockwise and pull out the dipstick.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RCPH10TLB054AAF

2

3. Check the fluid level on the dipstick. The level should be between the high (H) mark and the (L) mark.

4. Shut down the engine.

5. Add fluid as needed. Do not fill above the high mark.

7-86

7 - MAINTENANCE

Air-conditioning compressor seals Run the air-conditioning to lubricate the compressor seals every 250 h of operation.

1.

WARNING Rotating parts!

The engine is running. Keep clear of rotating fans and belts.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0275A

Start up the engine. The engine must be running for this procedure.

2. In temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), put a cover over the air-conditioning condenser. This ensures that the refrigerant and lubricants in the system are at operating temperature.

3. Turn the air-conditioning control to the maximum setting and run for at least 15 min.

7-87

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 500 hours

Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) Check the Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) canopy or cab, the lower frame, and the seat mount every 500 h of operation for damage or wear and for proper hardware torque.

RCPH10TLB007GAF

1. Check the torque of the Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) mounting bolts. Specification is 298 – 358 N·m (220 – 264 lb ft).

2. Tighten the bolts as needed.

3. Check the seat mounting bolts for damage, wear, or looseness.

4. Tighten or change the mounting bolts as needed.

7-88

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Check the seat belt, buckles, retractors, tethers, and slack take-up system for damage or wear. Keep sharp edges and items that can cause damage away from the belts.

6. Replace belts that have cuts are damage.

7. Check for cracks, rust, or holes in the Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) and ROPS parts. Age, weather, and accidents can cause damage to the ROPS and ROPS parts. If you have any doubt about the integrity of the ROPS system, contact your dealer.

7-89

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fuel filters Replace the fuel filters after the first 100 h of operation on a new machine or if a major component has been rebuilt.

Then replace the fuel filters every 500 h of operation or after a loss of engine power.

1. Fill the fuel tank before proceeding.

2. Open the fuel tank cap slightly to release pressure.

3. Clean the area around the water separator of dirt and debris.

4. Remove the wire connector at the base of the water separator.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RAIL17TLB0350BA

2

RCPH10TLB031AAF

3

• Press on the wire clasp that holds the connector to the drain to remove.

7-90

7 - MAINTENANCE

5. Remove the black collar (1) and the filter (2). Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

6. Apply clean engine oil to the new fuel filter seal.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

4

RAIL17TLB0350BA

5

NOTICE: Never use a filter removal tool to install a new filter.

7. Install the new filter.

8. Install the black collar and turn until it snaps into place.

9. Continue to tighten the filter and additional 1/2 to 3/4 turn.

10. Install the wire connector. You should hear it click into position.

11. Clean the area around the primary fuel filter of dirt and debris.

12. Turn the primary filter counter-clockwise to remove.

Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

13. Apply clean engine oil to the new primary filter seal.

14. Turn the new primary filter clockwise onto the filter head until the filter gasket makes contact with the filter body.

15. Continue to tighten the primary filter and additional 1/2 to 3/4 turn.

16. Tighten the fuel tank cap.

17. Dispose of the filters and collected fluid in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

NOTICE: Air in the fuel system causes excessive engine cranking before the engine starts. It is crucial that all air be removed from the system.

18.

WARNING Pressurized system!

Only use the bleed screw to bleed air from the fuel system. DO NOT loosen the fuel or injector lines to bleed air. Injury or damage can occur. Fuel or injector lines are under very high pressure.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0285A

Bleed air from the system. For detailed instructions, refer to page 7-115.

7-91

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine oil and filter Change the engine oil and replace the filter after every 500 h of operation or once a year, whichever occurs first.

Engine oil specification – 8.0 L (8.5 US qt) of CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 SAE 10W-40 or refer to the “Engine oils” chart (7-16).

Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) engine oil specifications – CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SSL CJ-4 SAE 0W-40.

1. Start the engine and run until the engine is warm. A warm engine allows a more complete removal of foreign material.

2. Clean areas around the: • Engine fill cap (1).

• Engine oil filter and head (2) (located underneath the fixed hood).

• Engine oil dipstick (3).

• Oil pan drain plug (not shown).

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RCPH11TLB016AAD

2

RAIL11TLB0002AA

3

3. Slowly open the drain plug for the engine oil pan and drain the oil into a suitable container.

4. Turn the oil filter counter-clockwise to remove. Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

5. Dispose of the filter and collected oil in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

6. Use a clean cloth and wipe the sealing surface of the oil filter base to remove all dirt.

7. Apply a thin layer of clean grease or oil to the gasket of the new oil filter.

NOTICE: Do not use a filter wrench to install the oil filter.

The wrench can dent the filter and cause a leak.

8. Turn the new oil filter onto the base until the gasket makes contact with the base.

9. Continue to tighten the filter for one full rotation or tighten to a torque of 35 N·m (26 lb ft).

7-92

7 - MAINTENANCE

10. Install the drain plug for the engine oil tank.

11. Put new oil into the engine.

Next operation: If applicable, clear the Oil life reset active warning symbol for the display screen. See “Oil life reset” 6-8.

7-93

7 - MAINTENANCE

Extendahoe® wear pad - adjustment and greasing Grease and adjust the three Extendahoe® wear pads every 500 h.

Use TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9 at each wear pad location.

1. Position the machine on a firm level surface.

2. Lower the loader bucket to the ground.

3. Extend the dipper arm outward but keep the Extendahoe® in the fully retracted position.

4. Lower the backhoe bucket or attachment to the ground.

5. Turn OFF the engine.

6. Clean area around the three wear pad plugs (1).

RAIL17TLB0462AA

1

RAIL17TLB0459AA

2

RAIL17TLB0482BA

3

7. Remove the set screws (1) and the jam nuts (2) from the wear pad plug (3).

8. Unscrew the wear pad plug (1).

9. Extract the wear pad (2).

10. Repeat Step 7 - Step 9 on each wear pad.

11. Clean each wear pad component and the inside of the wear pad orifice.

12. Inspect the wear pads.

• Replace the side wear pads if the thickness is less than 9 mm (0.35 in).

• Replace the bottom wear pad if the thickness is less than 19 mm (0.75 in).

7-94

7 - MAINTENANCE

13. Lubricate the inside of each wear pad orifice (3), the inside of the threaded plug (1), and both sides of the wear pad (2) with approximately 10 g (0.35 oz) of TUTELA MULTI -PURPOSE EP GREASE 251H, GR-9.

14. Insert the wear pads (2) .

RAIL17TLB0482BA

4

RAIL17TLB0457AA

5

RAIL17TLB0457AA

6

15. Install and tighten the wear pad plugs. Follow the sequence: A. Torque the bottom wear pad plug (3) to 13.5 N·m (10 lb ft) B. Torque the upper-side wear pad plug (1) to 20 N·m (15 lb ft) C. Torque the lower-side wear pad plug (2) to 20 N·m (15 lb ft) D. Re-torque the upper-side wear pad plug (1) to 20 N·m (15 lb ft)

16. Start the Engine.

17. Fully extend and retract the Extendahoe® a few times.

18. Return Extendahoe® to the previous service position.

19. Turn OFF the engine.

20. Check the torque of each wear pad plugs: A. Bottom wear pad plug (3) – 13.5 N·m (10 lb ft) B. Side-upper wear pad plug (1) – 20 N·m (15 lb ft) C. Side-lower wear pad plug (2) – 20 N·m (15 lb ft) D. Re-torque the side-upper wear pad plug (1) to 20 N·m (15 lb ft)

7-95

7 - MAINTENANCE

21. Apply approximately 2.00 g (0.07 oz) LOCTITE® 767 to all six set screw bore (3) locations.

22. Install a jam nut (1) on each set screw (2) .

23. Install and tighten each set screw (1) to a torque of 12 N·m (9 lb ft).

24. Secure the set screw position with the jam nut (2).

Tighten each jam nut to a torque of 8 N·m (6 lb ft).

RAIL17TLB0460AA

7-96

7

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 1000 hours

Hydraulic fluid and filter(s) WARNING Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries.

Hydraulic fluid is under extreme pressure. Rest the bucket or attachment on the ground. Shut the engine off, turn the key on, and move the hydraulic control lever through all movements several times to relieve residual pressure in the system.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0161A

NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness are of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic system. Deviation from the prescribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty.

Change the hydraulic fluid and filter after 1000 h of operation. If a major component of the system has been replaced or rebuilt, change the filter after the initial 10 h of operation.

Always replace the hydraulic filter whenever the warning lamp at normal operating temperature.

remains illuminated while the engine is running

Hydraulic oil specifications: 55 L (58 US qt) of CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) hydraulic oil specifications – 55 L (58 US qt) of CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL. 1. For a complete hydraulic system fluid change, perform the following: • Operate the hydraulic controls until hydraulic fluid is near operating temperature.

• Park the machine on a level surface.

• Loader bucket flat on the ground.

• Retract all cylinders.

2. Turn engine off.

3. Clean the areas around the hydraulic reservoir cap, the hydraulic reservoir drain plug, and the hydraulic filter.

4. Slowly remove the fill cap (1) for the hydraulic reservoir.

5. Place a suitable container under the drain plug (2) for the hydraulic reservoir and slowly remove the drain plug.

6. Allow the fluid to completely drain.

RCPH10TLB428AAF

7-97

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Turn the hydraulic filter counter-clockwise to remove.

Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

8. Lubricate the gasket on the new filter with clean oil.

9. Install the new filter and turn clockwise until the gasket makes contact with the filter head assembly.

RCPH10TLB045AAF

2

10. Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.

11. Dispose of the filter and collected fluid in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

12. Install the hydraulic reservoir plug.

13. Fill the hydraulic reservoir to specification.

14. Install the reservoir fill cap.

15. Before starting the engine, ensure • the new hydraulic filter is installed and tightened correctly.

• the drain plug for the hydraulic reservoir is installed and tightened correctly.

NOTICE: Avoid damage to the hydraulic pump make sure that you follow Steps 17 through 20. This procedure allows the hydraulic pump to fill with oil also known as a charging the hydraulic pump.

16. Start up the engine.

17. Run the machine at low idle for 3 – 4 min.

18. Increase engine speed to high idle for 1 min.

19. Operate the loader controls for 2 – 3 min.

20. Operate the backhoe controls for 2 – 3 min.

NOTE: Ensure the warning lamp does not illuminate.

21. Shut down the engine and inspect for leaks.

22. Check the fluid level and add as needed.

NOTE: When the hydraulic fluid is low, a small amount of hydraulic fluid will remain on the lower portion of the sight gauge window. This condition does not show a correct fluid level.

7-98

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic reservoir breather Change the breather for the hydraulic reservoir after 1000 h of operation.

1. Clean the areas around the top of the hydraulic reservoir, including the breather and the hydraulic tubing above the breather.

RCPH10TLB427AAF

1

RCPH10TLB428AAF

2

RCPH10TLB427AAF

3

2. Slowly remove the fill cap for the hydraulic reservoir.

3. After pressure is released, replace the reservoir cap.

4. Remove and discard the breather from the hydraulic reservoir tank. Turn counter-clockwise to unscrew.

5. Ensure the O-ring is seated correctly in the new breather and install the new breather in the hydraulic reservoir tank. Turn clockwise to tighten. Hand tighten or tighten to approximately 10 N·m (7.4 lb ft).

7-99

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) Change the front axle fluid every 1000 h of operation.

Axle and hub oil specification – TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140 Oil capacity – Differential 5.5 L (5.8 US qt). Each hub 0.7 L (0.7 US qt)

1. Start up the engine and run until the front axle fluid is at operating temperature.

2. Use the loader and raise the front wheels about 25 mm (1 in) above the surface.

3. Rotate both front wheels so that the oil level plug is in the drain position, as shown.

RAIL14FRK0089BA

1

RCPH10TLB059AAF

2

4. Lower the loader to place the wheels on the surface.

5. Clean the areas around the planetary plugs.

6. Place a suitable container under the planetary drain plugs and slowly remove the plugs.

7. Clean the areas around the check/fill plug (1) and the drain plug (2) for the center bowl.

8. Slowly remove the check/fill plug.

9. Place a suitable container under the drain plug and slowly remove the plug.

10. After the oil has drained from the axle, install the drain plug.

11. Use the loader and raise the front wheels about 25 mm (1 in) above the ground.

7-100

7 - MAINTENANCE

12. Rotate both front wheels to the check/fill position, as shown.

RAIL14FRK0088BA

13. Lower the loader to place the wheels on the surface.

14. Fill the axle at the center bowl check/fill plug and at the planetary check/fill plugs to specification. Fluid should just begin to flow out of the openings, when at the proper level.

15. Install the center bowl and the planetary check/fill plugs.

7-101

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Rear axle fluid Change the rear axle fluid every 1000 hours of operation.

Rear axle oil specifications – Capacity 13.6 L (14.4 US qt) of TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140

1. Start up the engine and run until the rear axle fluid is at operating temperature.

2. Clean the areas around the axle drain plug (2) and the check/fill plug (1).

3. Place a suitable container under the axle drain plug and slowly remove the plug.

RCPH09TLB006AAF

1

RCPH10TLB068AAF

2

4. Clean the area around the left rear (1) and the right rear planetary drain plug.

5. Place containers under the planetary drain plugs and drain.

6. Install the axle drain plug and both planetary drain plugs.

7. Remove the check/fill plug and fill to specification.

7-102

7 - MAINTENANCE

Transmission fluid and filter NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID. Change the transmission fluid, replace the transmission filter, clean the transmission breather and inspect the suction filter every 1000 h of operation.

Transmission fluid specifications – CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) transmission fluid specifications – CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL. Manual (powershuttle) transmission capacity: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) 10.5 L (11.1 US qt). Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) 13.0 L (13.7 US qt) Powershift S-Type transmission capacity: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) 15.3 L (16.2 US qt). Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) 14.3 L (15.1 US qt) 1. Clean the area around the transmission dipstick (1) area and remove the dipstick.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RCPH10TLB395AAF

2

RCPH10TLB023AAF

3

2. Clean the area around the transmission filter.

• Powershift S-type transmission - The filter is located on the left-hand side, near the fuel tank.

• Manual (powershuttle) transmission - The filter is on the right-hand side, between the chassis and the transmission.

NOTE: Remote transmission filter kit is available for easier access to the transmission filter on manual (Powershuttle) transmissions. The remote filter kit positions the filter vertically and is easier to access from underneath the machine. The remote filter bracket attaches to the right-hand side transmission mounting bracket.

3. Have a suitable container ready and remove the transmission filter. Use a filter removal tool, if necessary.

7-103

7 - MAINTENANCE

4. Clean the area around the transmission drain plug.

5. Place a suitable container under the transmission drain plug and slowly remove the drain plug.

RCPH09TLB004AAF

4

RCPH09TLB004AAF

5

6. After all the fluid has drained from the system, inspect the transmission oil suction filter.

A. Remove two cap screws.

B. Remove the plate and pull out the suction filter.

C. Inspect the filter for any type of debris.

NOTICE: If suction filter contains debris, contact your authorized dealer before continuing with this procedure.

7. Insert the suction filter, secure in place with plate and bolts. Torque bolts to 23 N·m (17 lb ft).

8. Lubricate the new transmission filter gasket with clean oil.

NOTICE: Never use a filter removal tool to install the filter.

9. Install the new filter and turn clockwise until the gasket contacts the head of the filter assembly.

10. Continue to tighten the filter another 1/3 turn.

11. Install the transmission drain plug.

12. Fill the system to specification.

13. Install the transmission dipstick.

14. Start up the engine.

15. Check for leaks around the filter.

16. Operate the machine in first and second gear for several minutes.

17. Park the machine on a level surface and, with the engine running, check the fluid level.

18. Add fluid as needed.

7-104

7 - MAINTENANCE

Engine air filters Replace the engine air filter elements and clean the air filter housing every 1000 h of operation.

Replace the engine air filter whenever the warning lamp

remains illuminated while the engine is running.

When changing the inner air filter always provide the cleanest environment possible.

1. Clean the area around the outside front cover of the air filter housing.

2. Inspect the air filter housing and components for damage.

3. Release the clips that secure the air filter housing cover in place.

RAIL14UTL0039BA

1

RAIL14UTL0033AA

2

RCPH11TLB056BAD

3

4. Remove the primary filter.

5. Remove the inner filter.

6. Dispose of the filters in accordance with local, regional, and federal regulations.

7. With the both filters removed, use a lint-free cloth and wipe the inside of the housing clean.

8. Install the inner air filter. Ensure that you form a tight seal.

9. Install the primary air filter. Ensure that you form a tight seal.

10. Fasten the clips that secure the air filter housing in place.

11. Start up the engine.

12. If the warning light illuminates after replacing both filters contact your authorized dealer for service.

7-105

7 - MAINTENANCE

Cab intake filter Clean and inspect the cab air intake filter every 1000 h of operation.

1. Remove the two thumb screws that hold the cab air intake filter in place.

2. Pull the filter out and inspect for dirt and debris. Clean or replace as needed.

RCPH10TLB345AAF

7-106

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Parking brake Check the operation of the parking brake every 1000 hours of operation.

1. Make sure the area is clear of other workers or bystanders.

2. Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.

3. Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.

4. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.

5. Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.

6. Disconnect the connector for Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Released (SAHR) brake solenoid on the transmission. For detailed instructions, see 7-126.

7. Move the operator's seat into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.

8. Start the engine.

9. Disengage four wheel drive, if equipped.

10. Ensure the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.

11. Disengage the parking brake.

12. Place the direction control lever in forward and increase the engine speed to 1500 RPM. The machine must not move. Contact your dealer for service as needed.

13. Stop the engine.

14. Connect the connector for the Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Released (SAHR) brake solenoid to the transmission. The connector must be attached before returning the machine to operation. For detailed instructions, see 7-126.

15. Test the parking brake to ensure it engages and disengages correctly. For example, transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is applied.

7-107

7 - MAINTENANCE

Battery fluid level WARNING Hazardous chemicals!

Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid. Contact with skin and eyes could result in severe irritation and burns. Always wear splash-proof goggles and protective clothing (gloves and aprons). Wash hands after handling.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0006A

Check the battery fluid level every 1000 h of operation.

Check the battery fluid level if the machine has not been operated in a long time.

Check the fluid on a monthly basis if the machine is operated in very warm climates.

1. Shut down the engine.

2. Clean the area around the battery to prevent external material or contaminants from entering the battery vent wells.

NOTICE: Use caution when working with metallic tools or conductors. Contact can create sparks and short circuits.

3. Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove the caps (2) for the vent well (1).

RCPH10TLB291AAF

1

RCPH10TLB396AAF

2

4. Check the fluid level in each vent cell. Specification (2) is 3 – 10 mm (0.12 – 0.39 in) from the base of the vent well (1) to the start of the electrolyte level.

5. Add distilled water to each cell as needed.

6. Install the vent cap and tighten the screw. Do not overtighten! Screw torque must not exceed 1 N·m (12 lb in).

7. In temperatures of 0 °C (32 °F) and below, connect a battery charger to the batteries (or run the engine) for approximately 2 h to ensure the electrolyte mixes with the added water.

7-108

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 1500 hours of operation or annually

Engine Crankcase Ventilation (CCV) Filter Replace the Closed Crankcase Ventilation (CCV) filter every 1500 h of operation.

NOTE: Refer to the Service Manual or contact your dealer for service.

NOTICE: In regions where the ambient temperatures are consistently colder change the CCV filter more often. The most opportune time to change the CCV filter is before the winter season begins.

7-109

7 - MAINTENANCE

Every 4000 hours

Cooling system CAUTION Burn hazard!

Hot coolant can spray out if you remove the filler cap while the system is hot. After the system has cooled, turn the filler cap to the first notch and wait for all pressure to release before proceeding.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0043A

NOTICE: NEVER mix OAT coolant with conventional coolant. Under no circumstances should you top off a cooling system with only water. You can use a refractometer to check the concentration level. Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) should not be used when using CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT. Drain, flush, and replace the engine coolant every 4000 h of operation or every year, whichever comes first.

Coolant fluid specification: CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT Coolant fluid capacities: Without heater 17.3 L (18.3 US qt). With heater 18.0 L (19.0 US qt) 1. Park the machine on level ground.

2. Raise the loader arm and engage the safety support.

3. Shut down the engine and place a 'Do Not Operate' tag on the key switch.

4. Allow time for the engine and the coolant to cool.

5. Remove the six bolts (1) that secure the radiator bumpers (2) and remove the bumpers.

RAIL14UTL0048BA

7-110

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

6. Tip the grille up from the bottom and lift away from the machine.

RCPH10TLB150AAF

2

RCPH10TLB040AAF

3

RAIL14UTL0041BA

4

RCPH10TLB041AAF

5

7. Place a piece of hose onto the radiator drain valve and drain into a suitable container.

8.

WARNING Hot liquid under pressure!

Service when cool.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W1187A

Open the filler cap on the de-aeration reservoir. Open the filler cap by slowing turning the cap counter-clockwise until it is removed. It is not necessary to remove the hoses in order to remove the cap.

9. Remove the bolts that secure the coolers.

10. Swing the coolers out and clean of dirt and debris.

11. Check the hoses, elbows, and system components for wear or damage.

12. After cleaning, swing the coolers back in and replace the bolts.

13. After all the coolant has been drained, close the drain valve. Do not detach the drain hose.

7-111

7 - MAINTENANCE

14. Pour approximately 17.3 L (18.3 US qt) (without heater) or 18.0 L (19.0 US qt) (with heater) of clean water into the de-aeration reservoir until full.

NOTE: In some situations air pockets in the coolant system may prevent you from filling the system to capacity. If this occurs remove the de-aeration valve cap (1) this allows the air to escape during the fill procedure. The de-aeration valve cap (1) is on the top right-hand side of the engine below the air filter housing.

NOTE: Do not over fill the coolant system.

RAIL14TLB1164AA

15. Secure the filler cap on the de-aeration reservoir.

16. Start the engine and run for at least 30 min.

NOTE: Make sure that you activate the heating system (if equipped) to circulate fluid through the heater core.

17. Remove the de-aeration filler cap.

18. Drain the water from the system.

19. Repeat Steps 14– 18 for a clean system flush.

20. After the radiator flush has been used, close the radiator drain valve and detach the drain hose.

21. Pour coolant into the de-aeration reservoir until the level reaches between the COLD MIN mark and the HOT MAX mark on the tank.

22. Install the filler cap.

23. Start up the engine.

24. Run the engine for a few minutes and stop the engine before it reaches operating temperature.

25. Check the system for leaks.

26. Start up the engine again and allow the engine to reach operating temperature.

27. Shut down the engine.

28. Check the fluid level in the de-aeration reservoir.

29. If necessary, allow the components to cool and add coolant to the reservoir.

7-112

6

7 - MAINTENANCE

As required

Swing cylinder area NOTICE: Remove dirt and debris build up from the swing cylinder area. Otherwise, damage to the swing cylinders may occur.

1. Clean the inside cavity area (1) on both sides of the swing cylinders (2).

RAIL12TLB0021BA

1

RAIL12TLB0022BA

2

2. Remove any dirt or debris that has gathered between the swing cylinders.

7-113

7 - MAINTENANCE

Front fender NOTE: Occasionally you may need to adjust the front fenders to avoid contact with the tires.

1. Park the machine on a firm level surface.

2. Place the backhoe in the stowed position or lower the bucket to the ground.

3. Lower the loader bucket to the ground.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Loosen both bolts under the fender.

6. Slide the fender back and forth until it is directly over the tire.

7. Tighten the bolts to secure the fender position.

RAIL16TLB0967AA

1

RAIL16TLB0965AA

2

8. Loosen both bolts (1) on the vertical arm (2) of the fender support.

9. Slide the fender up or down. Make sure that you allow enough fender clearance to accommodate the movement of the tire.

10. Tighten the bolts to secure the fender position.

11. If necessary, repeat the procedure on the other fender.

12. Operate the machine making full turns in either direction while observing the tire and fender clearance. Adjust if necessary.

7-114

7 - MAINTENANCE

Bleed air from the fuel system WARNING Pressurized system!

Only use the bleed screw to bleed air from the fuel system. DO NOT loosen the fuel or injector lines to bleed air. Injury or damage can occur. Fuel or injector lines are under very high pressure.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0285A

NOTICE: Air in the fuel system causes excessive engine cranking before the engine starts. Ensure that all air escapes the fuel system before starting the engine.

Remove the air from the fuel system if one or more of these conditions have been met: • The fuel filters are replaced.

• The components of the fuel system have been replaced or serviced.

• The machine has been stored for three months or more.

• The engine has stopped because the fuel tank ran dry.

1. Open the bleed screw (2) on the head of the water separator.

2. Activate the hand primer (1) until fuel flows freely from the bleed screw. This process may take approximately 35 to 45 pumps.

3. Tighten the bleed screw.

RAIL17TLB0350BA

1

RAIL17TLB0350BA

2

4. Loosen the bleed screw from the primary filter located behind the water separator fuel filter bracket. Loosen two or three turns.

5. Activate the hand primer on the water separator head until fuel flows freely from the bleed screw. This process may take approximately 100 to 125 pumps.

6. Tighten the bleed screw.

7-115

7 - MAINTENANCE

7. Start up the engine.

• DO NOT crank the engine for more than 30 s .

• If the engine will not start, repeat the bleeding process.

NOTE: The engine will start hard the next four or five times.

Generally, the engine will crank for ten seconds the second time it is started and about five seconds the third time it is started.

8. Run the engine for several minutes and then shut down the engine.

Hydraulic pump Charge the hydraulic pump whenever the hydraulic fluid supply to the pump has been interrupted due to hydraulic fluid change, pump replacement, or a broken line.

1. Start up the engine.

2. Run the machine at low idle for 3 – 4 min.

3. Increase engine speed to high idle for 1 min.

4. Operate the loader controls for 2 – 3 min.

5. Operate the backhoe controls for 2 – 3 min.

7-116

7 - MAINTENANCE

Hydraulic system - pressure release 1. Park the machine on firm level ground.

2. Put all transmission controls in the Neutral position.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Lower the bucket to the ground but do not apply down pressure; or raise the loader arm and engage the loader arm safety support.

5. Rotate the operator seat into the backhoe operation position.

6. Place the backhoe in the stowed position with swing lock pin in the lock position. If applicable, insert the Extendahoe lock pin. You may choose to rest the backhoe attachment on the ground.

7. Shut off the engine.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position but DO NOT start the engine.

9. Press the emblem end of the backhoe and stabilizer control switch to activate all backhoe controls.

NOTE: When turning the backhoe and stabilizer control switch to the ON position, wait approximately half a second before activating the stabilizers, Extendahoe® (if equipped) or bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped). If an operator attempts to operate the functions before the delay passes, the functions will not operate. Cycle the power switch and wait for the delay to pass.

10. If equipped with combo auxiliaries, enable the bidirectional switch on the right-hand side panel.

11. Cycle the bi-directional proportional control buttons on the left-hand pilot control joystick.

12. Move each pilot backhoe control joystick in one complete circle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.

13. Deactivate the backhoe and stabilizer control switch.

LEEN12T0487AA

1

LEEN12T0485AA

2

14. Rotate the operator seat into the driving position.

15. Rotate the loader control joystick in one complete circle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.

16. If applicable, operate the bucket control switch.

17. Turn the key switch to the Off position.

7-117

7 - MAINTENANCE

Releasing hydraulic pressure on machines with mechanical backhoe controls 1. Park the machine on firm level ground.

2. Put all transmission controls in the Neutral position.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Lower the bucket to the ground but do not apply down pressure; or raise the loader arm and engage the loader arm safety support.

5. Rotate the operator seat into the backhoe operation position.

6. Place the backhoe in the stowed position with swing lock pin in the lock position. If applicable, insert the Extendahoe lock pin. You may choose to rest the backhoe attachment on the ground.

7. Shut off the engine.

8. Turn the key switch to the ON position but DO NOT start the engine.

9. If equipped with combo auxiliaries, enable the bi-directional switch on the right-hand side panel.

10. Cycle the bi-directional control lever or pedal.

11. Cycle each backhoe control lever in each direction and then release in the neutral position.

RAIL14TLB0702AA

3

LEEN12T0485AA

4

12. Rotate the operator seat into the driving position.

13. Rotate the loader control joystick in one complete circle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.

14. If applicable, operate the bucket control switch.

15. Turn the key switch to the Off position.

7-118

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tire pressure DANGER Explosion hazard!

Welding to a wheel can create an explosive air and gas mixture. Removing air from the tire or loosening the tire on the wheel (breaking the bead) will NOT eliminate the hazard. ALWAYS remove the tire completely from the wheel before welding.

Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.

D0033A

WARNING Explosion hazard!

When inflating tires, use a clip-on air chuck with a gauge, remote valve, and hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the wheel assembly. Keep others out of the DANGER AREA. Never inflate a tire beyond the maximum allowable pressure printed on the tire.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0059A

Check the condition and pressure of the tires as needed. Tires may lose air over time. Check the tire pressure and condition more often when working in extreme conditions or weather.

Tire inflation pressure affects the amount of weight that a tire may carry.

Rear wheel tire pressure Tire size

Recommended tire pressure 221 kPa (32 psi) 193 kPa (28 psi) 241 kPa (35 psi)

17.5L x 24 — 10PR 19.5L x 24 — 10PR 500/70 R24 Front wheel tire pressure Tire size

Recommended tire pressure 359 kPa (52 psi) 345 kPa (50 psi) 345 kPa (50 psi)

11L x 16 — 10PR 12 x 16.5 — 10PR 305/70 R16.5 It is recommended that you have a qualified tire mechanic service the tires and rims on these machines. It is recommended that you have this mechanic inflate the tires.

• Inspect the tire for damaged tread or side walls.

• Inspect the rim for damage.

• Confirm that the wheel is properly mounted to the machine.

• Use an air hose with a remote shutoff and stand behind the tire tread.

RAPH12UTL0188BA

7-119

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

Operator's seat Check the condition of the seat cover and the moving parts. Clean or grease as needed.

• Clean the seat cover.

• Use CNH IRON GARD GRAPHITE NON-STICKto grease the seat slides.

LUBRICANT

• Clean the bearing area. DO NOT grease the bearing area.

• Grease backrest tilt mechanism.

• Replace the armrest pads.

Seat cover 1. Brush and vacuum loose dirt.

2. Clean using cold water on cloth covers or warm soapy water on vinyl covers. If additional treatment is needed, use an automobile or home product cleaner for the same cover type.

NOTE: If alcohol based cleaners are used, on either cloth or vinyl, it is recommended to test a small area first.

Seat slides and bearing area 1. Use CNH IRON GARD GRAPHITE LUBRICANT NON-STICK to grease the seat slides (1).

NOTE: Air suspension seats are maintenance free. Do not lubricate.

NOTICE: Do not apply CNH IRON GARD GRAPHITE LUBRICANT NON-STICK to the bearing area. Use compressed air only to clear dirt and debris.

2.

CAUTION Eye injury hazard!

Wear protective goggles when using compressed air.

Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.

C0035A

RAIL14UTL0051BA

1

RCPH10TLB131AAF

2

Use compressed air to keep the seat bearing area (2) clear of debris and dirt.

Backrest tilt mechanism 1. Tip the backrest fully forward.

2. Grease the tilt mechanism on each side with CNH IRON GARD GRAPHITE LUBRICANT NON-STICK.

7-120

7 - MAINTENANCE

Armrest pad 1. Loosen the screw (2) to remove the armrest pad (1).

2. Install the armrest pad by snapping the pad into position.

3. Secure the front of the pad with the screw (2).

RAIL14UTL0050BA

7-121

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

Grille screen and radiator area NOTE: A chaff screen is available for additional protection from smaller particulars entering the cooling system area and restricting the air flow around the coolers.

Check the radiator, coolers, and engine compartment for build up of debris, dirt, and other material that might impede cooling components.

1. Shut down the engine and place a 'Do Not Operate' tag on the key switch.

2. Allow time for the engine to cool.

3. Use a 16 mm tool to remove the six bolts (1) that secure the radiator bumpers (2).

4. Remove the radiator bumpers.

RCPH10TLB193AAF

1

RCPH10TLB150AAF

2

RCPH10TLB041AAF

3

5. Tip the grille up from the bottom and lift away from the machine.

6. Use a 13 mm tool to remove the two bolts that secure the coolers.

7. Swing the coolers out to clean.

7-122

7 - MAINTENANCE

Fan belt Replace the fan belt as needed.

Removal 1. Remove the air-conditioning compressor drive belt, if equipped.

2. Loosen the lower alternator bolt (2).

3. Loosen the pivot bolt (1).

83118121

1

RAIL11TLB0004AA

2

83118121

3

4. Loosen the adjustment bolt lock nut (1).

5. Turn the adjustment bolt (2) counter-clockwise, to loosen the belt tension.

6. Slide the belt (1) off of the water pump pulley (2) and remove the belt.

7-123

7 - MAINTENANCE

Install 1. Route the drive belt on the pulleys as shown.

83118087

4

83118121

5

RAIL11TLB0004AA

6

83118121

7

2. Set and secure the fan belt tension: A. Turn the adjustment bolt (1) clockwise, until the pivot bolt (2) is at the end of the tension bracket slot (3).

NOTE: Special belt design will adjust to the proper tension.

B. Tighten the adjustment bolt lock nut (1) that secures the adjustment bolt (2) in position.

3. Torque the pivot bolt (1) and lower alternator bolt (2) to 45 – 55 N·m (33 – 41 lb ft).

4. Reinstall the air-conditioning compressor drive belt, if removed earlier.

7-124

7 - MAINTENANCE

Ride control accumulator WARNING Pressurized system!

The accumulator contains highly pressurized nitrogen gas. If the accumulator system does not function correctly, replace the accumulator. DO NOT attempt to repair the accumulator.

Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.

W0290A

If you experience any issues with the Ride Control™ or Auto-Ride Control™ feature you may need to replace the accumulator. Contact your authorized dealer for assistance.

Pilot control accumulator NOTE: Machines with backhoe pilot controls only.

The pilot control accumulator allows the backhoe to be lowered to the ground with the engine off. It also allows pressure to be relieved from backhoe hydraulic circuits.

Replace the pilot control accumulator as needed.

1. Raise the backhoe dipper so that it is parallel to the ground.

2. Shut off the engine.

3. Turn the key switch to the ON position but DO NOT start up the engine.

4. Press the emblem end of the backhoe and stabilizer control switch to activate all backhoe controls.

NOTE: When turning the backhoe and stabilizer control switch to the ON position, wait approximately half a second before activating the stabilizers, extendahoe (if equipped) or bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped). If an operator attempts to operate the functions before the delay passes, the functions will not operate. Cycle the power switch and wait for the delay to pass.

5. Move each pilot control joystick in one complete circle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.

6. Lower the dipper. If the dipper lowers, the accumulator is working correctly.

7-125

7 - MAINTENANCE

Disable parking brake For disabled machines, disable the parking brake whenever the parking brake fails to disengage.

1. Chock the wheels to prevent movement.

2. Remove the mat and floor plate.

3. Locate the solenoid block for the parking brake on the transmission.

4. Clean the area of dirt and debris.

RCPH10TLB064AAF

1

RCPH10TLB065AAF

2

RCPH10TLB070AAF

3

5. Remove the two bolts that secure the solenoid block.

6. Carefully lift up and rotate the solenoid block 90° (1).

7. Reinstall the bolts and tighten the bolts to a torque of 20 N·m (15 lb ft).

8. Attach a grease gun (use CASE AKCELA MOLY GREASE) to the fitting (2) on the solenoid block and pump approximately 65 pumps.

NOTICE: Extreme pressure is NOT needed to release the parking brake. Over pressurization may damage the seals.

Moderate effort is required on the grease gun.

9. Carefully remove the wheel chocks, as the machine may now be moved.

NOTICE: The machine should be free to roll. If the machine does not roll, there may be an issue in the parking brake or drivetrain. Contact your dealer.

NOTICE: After grease has been used to release the parking brake it will be necessary to clean and flush the entire system before placing the machine back into operation.

Contact your dealer for this procedure.

7-126

7 - MAINTENANCE

10. To enable the parking brake: A. Slowly loosen and remove the two bolts that hold the solenoid block in position. Grease trapped in the parking brake will come out under the block.

B. Confirm that the three O-rings are in the correct position and that all surfaces are free of contamination.

C. Return the solenoid block to its original position.

D. Reinstall the bolts and tighten the bolts to a torque of 20 N·m (15 lb ft).

E. Test the parking brake to ensure it functions correctly. For example, the transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is applied.

7-127

7 - MAINTENANCE

Bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow NOTE: Bi-directional attachments only. The bi-directional auxiliary circuit is a proportional circuit. The flow and speed is directly affected by engine RPMs and how quickly the operator is pushing the bi-directional control button/lever to control the auxiliary flow.

NOTICE: Adjust the pressure and flow for the bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic valve (hammer valve) as needed to work within the parameters of the attachment.

NOTICE: Refer the information provided by the manufacturer of the attachment for the recommended operating pressure and flow.

Pressure adjustment NOTE: The bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic valve is preset from the factory to approximately 220 bar (3190 psi).

1. For machines equipped with auxiliary hydraulics, ensure the auxiliary hydraulic control switch in the enabled for bi-directional control.

2. Install the swing lock pin to prevent accidental swing movement.

3. Remove the cap for the auxiliary hydraulic pressure port.

4. Install a pressure gauge capable of 250 bar (3625 psi) in the pressure port. If needed, convert the male ORFS port to a snap-type connection. Contact your dealer for the correct CNH reducer, tube nut, and test port required to convert the connector to a snap-type connection.

5. Start up the engine.

6. Warm up the auxiliary hydraulics to 50 °C (120 °F): • Stall a function for 30 s and then release the function.

Repeat until temperature is reached.

7. While operating the bi-directional hydraulics, have another worker read the pressure on the gauge.

7-128

RCPH10TLB425AAF

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

8. If the pressure does not meet recommendations for the attachment, adjust the relief valve installed on the bi-directional auxiliary valve section: A. Shut down the engine.

B. Remove the yellow cap from the relief valve.

C. Loosen the lock nut on the relief valve.

D. Turn the adjustment screw in small increments of about 1/8 to 1/4 a turn to adjust the pressure. Turn clockwise to increase pressure or counter-clockwise to decrease pressure.

E. Tighten the lock nut.

F.

Repeat the procedure to test the pressure and adjust as needed until the correct pressure is obtained.

9. Remove the pressure gauge and adaptor, if installed, from the auxiliary hydraulic pressure port.

10. Reinstall the cap on the pressure port.

11. Repeat Steps 3 to 10 on the other side of the bi-directional valve.

RAIL14TLB0064BA

2

NOTE: Attachments with low operating pressures may continue to run after the control for the bi-directional auxiliary circuit is released. To resolve this, a CNH check valve (with adapters) can be installed in the pressure line. Contact your dealer for assistance.

7-129

7 - MAINTENANCE

Uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow NOTE: Uni-directional attachments only.

NOTICE: Adjust the pressure and flow for the uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic valve (hammer valve) as needed to work within the parameters of the attachment.

NOTICE: Refer the information provided by the manufacturer of the attachment for the recommended operating pressure and flow.

Pressure adjustment NOTE: The uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic valve is preset from the factory to approximately 103 bar (1500 psi).

1. For machines equipped with dual auxiliary hydraulics, ensure the auxiliary hydraulic control switch in the enabled for unidirectional control.

2. Install the swing lock pin to prevent accidental swing movement.

3. Remove the cap for the auxiliary hydraulic pressure port.

4. Install a pressure gauge capable of 207 bar (3000 psi) in the pressure port. If needed, convert the male ORFS port to a snap-type connection. Contact your dealer for the correct CNH reducer, tube nut, and test port required to convert the connector to a snap-type connection.

5. Start up the engine.

6. Warm up the auxiliary hydraulics to 50 °C (120 °F): • Stall a function for 30 s and then release the function.

Repeat until temperature is reached.

7. While operating the uni-directional hydraulics, have another worker read the pressure on the gauge.

7-130

RCPH10TLB425AAF

1

7 - MAINTENANCE

8. If the pressure does not meet recommendations for the attachment, adjust the relief valve installed on the uni-directional auxiliary line: A. Shut down the engine.

B. Locate the uni-aux valve (C) on the right-hand side of the machine above the rear axle. The image provides two reference points the backhoe valve (A) and the hydraulic filter (B).

C. Loosen the lock nut on the relief valve (1).

D. Turn the adjustment screw in small increments of about 1/8 to 1/4 a turn to adjust the pressure. Turn clockwise to increase pressure or counter-clockwise to decrease pressure.

E. Tighten the lock nut.

F.

Repeat the procedure to test the pressure and adjust as needed until the correct pressure is obtained.

RAIL17TLB0499BA

2

RCPH10TLB410AAF

3

9. Remove the pressure gauge and adaptor, if installed, from the auxiliary hydraulic pressure port.

10. Reinstall the cap on the pressure port.

7-131

7 - MAINTENANCE

Flow adjustment Machines are equipped with an adjustment knob to allow the operator to remotely adjust the auxiliary hydraulic flow.

NOTICE: Do not adjust flow while the attachment is active.

To adjust the flow, turn the knob to the detent position that corresponds to the desire flow. Refer to the table that follows.

RAIL17TLB0483BA

4

NOTE: The higher detent positions are limited by the available pump flow.

Knob position 1 2 3 4 5 6

580N 60.6 L/min (16 US gpm) 75.7 L/min (20 US gpm) 94.6 L/min (25 US gpm) 106 L/min (28 US gpm)

NOTE: Attachments with low operating pressures may continue to run after the control for the bi-directional auxiliary circuit is released. To resolve this, a CNH check valve (with adapters) can be installed in the pressure line. Contact your dealer for assistance.

7-132

7 - MAINTENANCE

STORAGE

Machine storage If the machine is to be in storage for more than 30 days, park the machine inside a building. If a building is not available, park the machine in a dry area on planks and cover the machine with a waterproof covering.

Geographic, environmental and actual storage conditions make it difficult to follow a set storage procedure for all areas and conditions. The following procedure is for a storage period of six months or longer. This procedure is a good starting point but may not be all inclusive. If you have questions about storing your machine, contact your dealer.

1. Inspect the machine for visible signs of wear, breakage or damage. Order any parts required and make the necessary repairs to avoid delays when starting the next operating period.

2. Wash the machine.

3. Lubricate the machine at all grease fittings.

4. Paint any area where the paint has been damaged.

5. Drain the fuel tank.

6. Fill the fuel tank and add diesel fuel conditioner by following the directions on the container.

7. Move all hydraulic controls to relieve any pressure in the hydraulic circuits.

8. Change the engine oil and replace the oil filter.

9. Drain the cooling system. Leave the drain valves open and do not tighten the radiator cap.

10. Put a Do Not Operate tag on the instrument panel.

11. Clean or replace the primary element for the air filter.

12. Cover the exposed cylinder rods, valve spools, and any other bare metal parts with a rust and corrosion preventive.

13. Install a battery maintainer on the battery. You may choose to leave the battery in the machine or remove the battery from the machine and store inside.

7-133

7 - MAINTENANCE

Preparation for use after storage Do not start the engine until Steps 1 through 12 have been done.

1. Change the fuel filters and fill the fuel tank if required.

2. Tighten the cooling system drain valves.

3. Fill the engine cooling system.

4. Check the condition of the engine drive belt. Replace if required.

5. Check the engine oil level.

6. Check the hydraulic oil level.

7. Check the transmission oil level.

8. Lubricate the machine at all grease fittings.

9. Use petroleum base solvent and remove the rust and corrosion preventive from the hydraulic cylinder rods, valve spools and any other location the preventative was used.

10. Install a new battery or confirm the battery is charged.

11. Bleed the air from the fuel system. Refer to 7-115 in this manual.

12. Start the engine. It is important that you review the “STARTING THE UNIT” chapter on Page 4-2 in this manual.

7-134

7 - MAINTENANCE

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Stop, tail, flasher, and turn signal lamps - cab Turn signal/flasher lamps Turn signal/flasher lamps are at the front of the cab on the left-hand and the right-hand side.

RCPH10TLB317AAF

1

RCPH10TLB316AAF

2

RCPH10TLB304AAF

3

Turn signal/flasher lamps are also at the rear of the cab on the left-hand and the right-hand side.

Replace the bulb in a turn signal/flasher lamp: 1. Remove the two screws that secure the lamp assembly to the cab.

7-135

7 - MAINTENANCE

2. Gently pry the lamp assembly from the cab. If desired, disconnect the electrical connector to the bulb socket.

RCPH10TLB308AAF

4

RCPH10TLB305AAF

5

RCPH10TLB306AAF

6

3. Remove the socket from the lens.

4. Replace the bulb in the socket.

5. Reinstall the bulb socket in the lens and reconnect the electrical connector, if detached earlier.

6. Reinstall the lamp assembly and secure to the cab.

7-136

7 - MAINTENANCE

Tail/stop lamps Tail/stop lamps are at the rear of the cab on the left-hand and the right-hand side.

RCPH10TLB316AAF

7

RCPH10TLB321AAF

8

RCPH10TLB300AAF

9

Replace the bulb in a tail/stop lamp: 1. Remove the two screws that secure the lens to the cab and remove the lens.

2. Replace the bulb in the socket.

3. Reinstall the lens and secure to the cab.

7-137

7 - MAINTENANCE

Stop, tail, flasher, and turn signal lamps - canopy NOTE: The procedure is the same to replace the bulb in a turn signal/flasher lamp or in a tail/stop lamp.

Turn signal/flasher lamps are at the front of the canopy on the left-hand and the right-hand side.

RCPH10TLB361AAF

1

RCPH10TLB360AAF

2

RCPH10TLB360AAF

3

Turn signal/flasher lamps are also at the rear of the canopy on the left-hand and the right-hand sidee.

Tail/stop lamps are at the rear of the canopy on the lefthand and the right-hand side.

7-138

7 - MAINTENANCE

Replace the bulb in a turn signal/flasher or a tail/stop lamp: 1. Remove the two screws that secure the lens (1) to the ROPS canopy and remove the lens.

2. Replace the bulb (2) in the socket.

3. Reinstall the lens and secure to the canopy.

RCPH10TLB001BAF

7-139

4

7 - MAINTENANCE

Driving and flood lamps Cab or canopy (LED) – optional NOTICE: If your machine is equipped with LED lights and you are experiencing a problem make sure the connector is secure and fully seated. If the problem continues replace the complete LED assembly. LED lights are designed to last the majority of the backhoe’s life and will rarely need to be replaced unless the LED assembly malfunctions or damage occurs.

RAIL17TLB0454AA

1

RAIL17TLB0463AA

2

LED angle adjustment 1.

Loosen the horizontal bolt (3) and rotate the LED assembly (2) downward or upward.

2.

Tighten the horizontal bolt (3) after adjustment.

3.

Loosen the vertical bolt (1) and rotate the LED assembly (2) toward the front of the machine or the rear of the machine.

4.

Tighten the horizontal bolt (1) after adjustment.

Cab (halogen bulbs) – standard NOTICE: The driving/work lamps use halogen bulbs. Touching the bulbs with your hand/fingers can shorten bulb life.

Use a clean shop towel to handle a new bulb.

NOTE: The procedure is same to replace the bulb in a driving/work lamp on a cab or on a canopy.

Two driving lamps (1) and two work lamps (2) are at the front of the cab.

RCPH10TLB317AAF

7-140

3

7 - MAINTENANCE

One work lamp (3) is at each side of the cab (towards the rear) and four work lamps (4) at the rear of the cab.

RCPH10TLB316AAF

4

RCPH10TLB361AAF

5

RCPH10TLB360AAF

6

Canopy (halogen bulbs) – standard Two driving/work lamps at the front of the canopy.

One work lamp is at each side of the canopy (towards the rear) and two work lamps at the rear of the canopy.

Halogen bulb replacement Replace the bulb in a driving/work lamp:

7-141

7 - MAINTENANCE

1. Remove the two screws that secure the lens to the lamp assembly.

RCPH10TLB312AAF

7

RCPH10TLB313AAF

8

RCPH10TLB314AAF

9

2. Disconnect the electrical connector and remove the lens.

3. Compress the wire spring holder for the bulb.

4. Move the wire spring holder and remove and discard the bulb.

5. Install the new bulb and ensure it is properly seated in the wire spring holder.

RCPH10TLB315AAF

6. Reconnect the electrical connector and reinstall the lens.

7. Secure the lens to the lamp assembly.

7-142

10

7 - MAINTENANCE

NOTICE: Moving the lamp without loosening the cross bolt can cause damage to the housing, allowing the lamp to fall out of position.

8. Adjust the position of the driving/work lamps as needed.

A. Loosen the cross bolt in the lamp mounting bracket.

B. Move the lamp into position.

C. Tighten the cross bolt.

RCPH10TLB312AAF

7-143

11

7 - MAINTENANCE

Dome lamp Remove the lens and replace the bulb

RCPH10TLB350AAF

7-144

1

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING###_8_### ALARM(S)

Seat switch alarm The seat switch sounds when: 1. The direction control lever is in gear.

2. The seat is rotated approximately 15 – 20° from the loader operation position towards the backhoe operation position.

NOTE: For machines with the electronic hand throttle, the engine is placed into idle if the seat is rotated while the engine is running.

Test the seat switch alarm: 1. Sit in the operator's seat, with the seat in the loader operation position and with the seat belt fastened.

2. Start the engine.

3. Park the machine on a level surface in a clean area. Make sure all other persons are clear of the area.

4. Make sure the parking brake is off, the transmission shift lever is in neutral and the loader bucket is on the ground.

5. Put your foot on the service brake and keep it there.

6. Place the direction control lever in forward and turn the seat approximately 15 – 20°. The seat switch alarm sounds.

7. Place the direction control lever in reverse and turn the seat approximately 15 – 20°. Both the seat switch alarm and the backup alarm sounds.

8. If the seat switch alarm does not sound, troubleshoot the alarm system.

8-1

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Display screen messages Display

Description Warning machine fault is present

Action Contact your dealer for assistance.

Stop the machine a critical error is present.

Contact your dealer for assistance

Engine de-rate

Contact your dealer for assistance.

Parking brake not released

Disengage the parking brake.

Engine oil pressure too low

Check the engine oil level. If level is okay and the warning continues, contact your dealer for assistance.

Hydraulic oil filter blocked

Replace the oil filter. Follow the procedure on 7-70

Alternator charging failure

Contact your dealer for assistance.

Engine air filter blocked

Clean or replace the engine air filters. Follow the procedure on 7-41.

Transmission oil pressure too high

Contact your dealer for assistance.

Transmission oil temperature too high

Check the transmission fluid level. If level is okay and the warning continues, contact your dealer for assistance.

Engine coolant temperature too high

Check the coolant level. If level is okay and the warning continues, contact your dealer for assistance.

Low fuel

Fill the fuel tank with ASTM D975 GRADE NO. 2-D S15.

Controller Area Network (CAN) malfunction

Contact your dealer for assistance.

Throttle fault

Contact your dealer for assistance.

Battery voltage too high or too low

Contact your dealer for assistance.

Fuel level sensor or transmission temperature sensor error

Contact your dealer for assistance.

8-2

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Display

Description Action Air conditioner pressure too high or air conditioning Contact your dealer for assistance. not functioning

8-3

8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

8-4

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9 - SPECIFICATIONS###_9_### Capacities NOTE: Machines with the optional Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) use the SCWP recommended fluids. Your machine will have a decal that indicates that the machine is equipped with the SCWP option. The decal is on the left-hand side of the engine near the maintenance decal.

Engine crank case Standard specification (factory fill): SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity: With filter change

CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SBL CJ-4 SAE 10W-40 CASE AKCELA UNITEK NO. 1™ SSL CJ-4 SAE 0W-40 8.0 L (8.5 US qt)

Fuel tank Standard specification (factory fill): SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity:

ASTM D975 GRADE NO. 2-D S15 (No. 2 diesel) Winter diesel fuel blend with a diesel fuel additive 114 L (30 US gal)

NOTE: Contact your CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for assistance and availability of winter diesel fuel blends in your area. Follow the directions on the manufactures label of the cold weather diesel fuel additive for recommended use.

Cooling system Standard and SCWP specification (factory fill):

CASE AKCELA ACTIFULL™ OT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT ( 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water)

Without heater With heater

17.3 L (18.3 US qt) 18.0 L (19.0 US qt)

Hydraulic system Standard specification (factory fill): CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID SCWP specification (factory fill): CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL Capacity: Total system 100.0 L (105.7 US qt) Total system with Extendahoe 105.7 L (111.7 US qt) Reservoir with filter change 55.0 L (58.1 US qt) Reservoir without filter change 53.0 L (56.0 US qt) NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID.

9-1

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Transmission Standard specification (factory fill): SCWP specification (factory fill): Manual (powershuttle) Total system Refill (with or without filter change)

CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION SSL Two wheel drive 17.0 l (18 US qt) 10.5 l (11 US qt)

Four wheel drive 19.4 l (21 US qt) 13.0 l (14 US qt)

Powershift S-type Two wheel drive Four wheel drive Total system 21.7 l (22.9 US qt) 20.7 l (21.9 US qt) Refill (with or without filter change) 15.3 l (16.2 US qt) 14.3 l (15.1 US qt) NOTE: The master brake cylinder receives fluid from the transmission.

NOTE: CASE AKCELA HY-TRAN® ULTRACTION is an acceptable alternative to CASE AKCELA NEXPLORE™ FLUID.

Front drive axle - Four-Wheel drive (4WD) Standard and SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity: Differential Each planetary hub

TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140

5.5 L (5.8 US qt) 0.7 L (0.7 US qt)

Rear axle (differential and hubs) Standard and SCWP specification (factory fill): Capacity:

TUTELA TRANSAXLE FLUID SAE 80W-140

13.6 L (14.4 US qt)

9-2

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Engine Model Type Firing order Bore and stroke Displacement Compression ratio Fuel injection Horsepower - rated at 2200 RPM Gross Net with 39° fan Net with viscous fan Peak torque at 1400 RPM Gross Net with 39° fan Net with viscous fan Maximum torque rise Engine speeds Rated speed, full load Low idle High idle, no load Converter stall Backhoe stall Loader stall Combine stall

Diesel, F5HFL463D*G005, emissions compliant Four cylinder, turbocharged 1-3-4-2 99 mm x 110 mm ( 3.90 in x 4.33 in) 3.4 l (207.5 in³) 17 to 1 Direct HPCR 55 kW (75 Hp) 51 kW (69 Hp) 53.5 kW (72.7 Hp) 316 N·m (233 lb ft) 298 N·m (220 lb ft) 310 N·m (229 lb ft) 35% ± 5 RPM 2200 RPM 900 – 1000 RPM 2330 – 2430 RPM 2025 – 2200 RPM 2150 – 2300 RPM 2150 – 2300 RPM 1450 – 1720 RPM

9-3

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Powertrain Transmission • Electronic F/R shuttle control • On the go electric four-wheel drive control • Two clutch disconnect buttons on the transmission shift (manual) and the loader control lever Powershuttle Four speed, manual gear shift, fully synchronized Toque converter ratio: 3.2 Speed selection: 4 forward and 4 reverse Reverse Gear ratios: Forward First 5.603 4.643 3.481 2.884 Second Third 1.584 1.313 Fourth 0.793 0.657 Splitter gear ratio for drive to front axle (four-wheel drive): 1.222 to 1 Powershift (S-Type) Four speed, hydraulic gear shifting Toque converter ratio: 3.2 Speed selection: 4 forward and 3 reverse Reverse Gear ratios: Forward First 5.603 4.643 3.481 2.884 Second Third 1.584 1.313 Fourth 0.793 N/A Splitter gear ratio for drive to front axle (four-wheel drive): 1.222 to 1

Differential lock On the go, push button activation on the loader control lever

Axle, differential and planetaries Four-wheel drive machines Front axle Differential ratio Planetary hub ratio Total reduction ratio Rear axle Differential ratio Planetary hub ratio Total reduction ratio

2.214 6.0 13.286 2.75 6.4 17.6

Brakes Service • Foot pedal operated • Boosted hydraulic actuated • Self adjusting, maintenance free • Outboard mounted • Wet disc, two discs per side

9-4

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Parking • Electronic console switch NOTICE: Transmission is de-clutched when the parking brake is engaged.

• Transmission mounted • Spring-Applied Hydraulic-Released (SAHR) • Electronic forward/reverse neutral interlock

9-5

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Hydraulics Components Pump Filtration Oil cooler Loader Valve

Single section, gear type pump, Seven micron spin on filter; full flow replaceable cartridge on return line Heavy duty

• Single lever manual control for lift and tilt functions; positive hold float and return to dig positions; electro-hydraulic control for auxiliary hydraulics Operation Backhoe Valve

Operation Auxiliary operation

• Machines with mechanical control backhoe - Monoblock open center loader valve Loader joystick; also houses auxiliary hydraulics with proportional thumb switch control with available detent ON position Mechanical control: Monoblock open center control valve; open center parallel circuit for all functions; pilot operated check valves for stabilizer circuits Pilot control: Closed center control valve with open center inlet and circuits in parallel; compensated backhoe hydraulics for simultaneous multifunction operation Mechanical control: Levers and pedals Pilot control: Joysticks Mechanical control: Foot pedal Pilot control: Buttons on left joystick

Flow 2200 RPM No load 231 bar (3350 psi)

113 L/min (29.85 US gpm) no load.

108 L/min (28 US gpm)

9-6

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Travel speeds NOTE: Travel speeds will vary depending on machine weight, weather conditions, road conditions, road incline, and machine fluid temperatures.

Manual (powershuttle) transmission 2293 RPM Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Reverse 3 Reverse 4

19.5L x 24 rear tire 5.6 km/h (3.5 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 19.0 km/h (11.8 mph) 34.3 km/h (21.3 mph) 6.8 km/h (4.2 mph) 10.6 km/h (6.6 mph) 22.7 km/h (14.1 mph) 41.0 km/h (25.5 mph)

17.5L x 24 rear tire 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) 17.9 km/h (11.1 mph) 33.0 km/h (20.5 mph) 6.3 km/h (3.9 mph) 10.0 km/h (6.2 mph) 21.4 km/h (13.3 mph) 39.4 km/h (24.5 mph)

Powershift (S-Type) transmission 2293 RPM Forward 1 Forward 2 Forward 3 Forward 4 Reverse 1 Reverse 2 Reverse 3 Reverse 4

19.5L x 24 rear tire 5.6 km/h (3.5 mph) 8.9 km/h (5.5 mph) 19.0 km/h (11.8 mph) 34.3 km/h (21.3 mph) 6.8 km/h (4.2 mph) 10.6 km/h (6.6 mph) 22.7 km/h (14.1 mph) 41.0 km/h (25.5 mph)

17.5L x 24 rear tire 5.3 km/h (3.3 mph) 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph) 17.9 km/h (11.1 mph) 33.0 km/h (20.5 mph) 6.3 km/h (3.9 mph) 10.0 km/h (6.2 mph) 21.4 km/h (13.3 mph) N/A

9-7

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Machine overall dimensions Two-Wheel Drive - 19.5L x 24 rear tires

RCIL10TLB004FAF

Dimension A. Overall operating height, fully raised B. Height to bucket hinge pin, fully raised C. Overall height, transport position Standard dipper Extendahoe® D. Overall length with bucket on the ground Backhoe with quick / universal coupler Backhoe with straight links E. Dump angle at full height F. Dump height, 45° dump

1

4-in-1 bucket 4350 mm (171.3 in) 3413 mm (134.4 in)

General purpose bucket 4167 mm (164.1 in) 3413 mm (134.4 in)

3299.7 mm (129.9 in) 3460.8 mm (136.3 in) 7023.9 mm (276.5 in) 7040.5 mm (277.2 in) 46°

6958.9 mm (274.0 in) 6975.5 mm (274.6 in) 45°

2720 mm (107.1 in) 2942 mm (115.8 in) clam open 669.0 mm (26.3 in) 679 mm (26.7 in) 324 mm (12.8 in) clam open 40° 323 mm (12.7 in) 372 mm (14.6 in) 43.4° Adjustable 172 mm (6.8 in) 191 mm (7.5 in) 103 mm (4.1 in) clam open 2146 mm (84.5 in) 2077 mm (81.8 in) 2095 mm (82.5 in) 2083 mm (82.0 in) 2642 mm (104 in)

G. Dump reach, 45° dump J. Roll back at ground K. Height to bucket hinge pin at SAE carry L. Bucket rollback at SAE carry M. Bucket rollback at full height N. Digging depth below grade, with bucket flat P. Wheelbase Overall width (rear tires) Bucket cutting edge width Ground clearance to front axle

258 mm (10.2 in) 9-8

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Dimension backhoe frame Stabilizer spread (transport position) flip pad cast pad

4-in-1 bucket General purpose bucket 314 mm (12.4 in) 2140.0 mm (84.3 in) 2152.5 mm (84.7 in)

9-9

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Four-Wheel Drive - 19.5L x 24 rear tires

RCIL10TLB004FAF

Dimensions A. Overall operating height, fully raised B. Height to bucket hinge pin, fully raised C. Overall height, transport position Standard dipper Extendahoe® D. Overall length with bucket on the ground Backhoe with quick / universal coupler Backhoe with straight links E. Dump angle at full height F. Dump height, 45° dump

2

4 in 1 bucket 4353 mm (171.4 in) 3405 mm (134.1 in)

General purpose bucket 4170 mm (164.2 in) 3405 mm (134.1 in)

3366.7 mm (132.5 in) 3536.5 mm (139.2 in) 6989.1 mm (275.2 in) 7004.9 mm (277.2 in)

6930.1 mm (272.8 in) 6945.9 mm (274.6 in) 46°

2712 mm (106.8 in) 2934 mm (115.5 in) clam open 666 mm (26.2 in) 679 mm (26.7 in) 321 mm (12.6 in) clam open 40° 326 mm (12.8 in) 43.4° Adjustable 180 mm (7.1 in) 199 mm (7.8 in) 111 mm (4.4 in) clam open 2134 mm (84.0 in) 2077 mm (81.8 in) 2095 mm (82.5 in) 2083 mm (82.0 in)

2634 mm (103.7 in)

G. Dump reach, 45° dump J. Roll back at ground K. Height to bucket hinge pin at SAE carry L. Bucket rollback at SAE carry M. Bucket rollback at full height N. Digging depth below grade, with bucket flat P. Wheelbase Overall width (rear tires) Bucket cutting edge width Ground clearance with drive shaft guard to front axle differential backhoe frame

266.5 mm (10.5 in) 253 mm (10.0 in) 380 mm (15.0 in)

9-10

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions Stabilizer spread (transport position)

General purpose bucket flip pad cast pad

4 in 1 bucket 2140.0 mm (84.3 in) 2152.5 mm (84.7 in)

9-11

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Loader lift capacities Lift capacity to full height General purpose bucket 2950 kg (6504 lb)

4 in 1 bucket 2965 kg (6537 lb)

Breakout force Lift cylinders (w/ .96 efficiency) Dump cylinders (w/ .93 efficiency)

General purpose bucket 4124 daN (9271 lbf)

4 in 1 bucket 3961 daN (8905 lbf)

4273 daN (9606 lbf)

4583 daN (10303 lbf)

Lift Capacity with quick coupler and forks Fork Tine Length: 1220 mm (48 in) SAE Load Center: 610 mm (24 in)

1911 kg (4213 lb)

9-12

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Backhoe/Extendahoe® specifications and lifting capacities

RAIL17TLB0048FA

A

B

Description Loading reach (Dipper cylinder extended) Standard dipper / retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler HD bucket Universal coupler HD bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler HD bucket Universal coupler HD bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Loading reach (Dipper cylinder retracted) Standard dipper / retracted Extendahoe® HD bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended HD bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Tip of bucket full rotation open to close

1

2WD

4WD

1424.2 mm (56.1 in)

1407.9 mm (55.4 in)

1387.7 mm (54.6 in) 1432.3 mm (56.4 in) N/A

1371.4 mm (54.0 in) N/A 1263.0 mm (49.7 in)

2218.6 mm (87.3 in)

2202.4 mm (86.7 in)

2182.1 mm (85.9 in) 2291.8 mm (90.2 in) N/A

2165.9 mm (85.3 in) N/A 2026.6 mm (79.8 in)

2045.9 mm (80.5 in) 2070.7 mm (81.5 in) N/A

2030.1 mm (79.9 in) N/A 1781.1 mm (70.1 in)

2841.7 mm (111.9 in) 2871.3 mm (113.0 in) N/A

2825.2 mm (111.2 in) N/A 2544.3 mm (100.2 in) 60°

9-13

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Description

C

D

E

Loading height Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Loading reach (Dipper cylinder retracted) Standard dipper / retracted Extendahoe® HD bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended HD bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Overall height Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Digging depth (maximum) Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket

2WD

4WD

3591.7 mm (141.4 in)

3670.1 mm (144.5 in)

3528.7 mm (138.9 in) 3590.3 mm (141.4 in) N/A

3670.1 mm (144.5 in) N/A 3595.1 mm (141.5 in)

4300.7 mm (169.3 in)

4382.0 mm (172.5 in)

4237.7 mm (166.8 in) 4297.2 mm (169.2 in) N/A

4319.0 mm (170.0 in) N/A 4341.4 mm (170.9 in)

3510.9 mm (138.2 in) 3505.4 mm (138.0 in) N/A

3589.1 mm (141.3 in) N/A 3539.1 mm (139.3 in)

4222.5 mm (166.2 in) 4212.3 mm (165.8 in) N/A

4301.0 mm (169.3 in) N/A 4285.9 mm (168.7 in)

5825.6 mm (229.4 in)

5910.4 mm (232.7 in)

5898.6 mm (232.2 in) 5812.7 mm (228.8 in) N/A

5983.4 mm (235.6 in) N/A 6070.5 mm (239.0 in)

6808.2 mm (268.0 in)

6902.3 mm (271.7 in)

6881.2 mm (270.9 in) 6795.3 mm (267.5 in) N/A

6975.3 mm (274.6 in) N/A 7067.4 mm (278.2 in)

4504.0 mm (177.3 in)

4410.7 mm (173.6 in)

4577.0 mm (180.2 in) 4491.1 mm (176.8 in) N/A

4483.7 mm (176.5 in) N/A 4507.7 mm (177.5 in)

5554.3 mm (218.7 in)

5465.1 mm (215.2 in)

5627.3 mm (221.5 in) 5541.4 mm (218.2 in) N/A

5538.1 mm (218.0 in) N/A 5625.1 mm (221.5 in)

9-14

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

F

G

H

J

Description Digging depth, 0.6 m (2.0 ft) (level bottom) Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Digging depth, 2.4 m (8.0 ft) (level bottom) Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Digging radius from swing pivot Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Swing pivot to rear axle center line

2WD

4WD

4464.5 mm (175.8 in)

4370.5 mm (172.1 in)

4537.5 mm (178.6 in) 4451.4 mm (175.3 in) N/A

4443.5 mm (174.9 in) N/A 4533.8 mm (178.5 in)

5522.9 mm (217.4 in)

5431.4 mm (213.8 in)

5595.9 mm (220.3 in) 5509.8 mm (216.9 in) N/A

5504.4 mm (216.7 in) N/A 5593.5 mm (220.2 in)

4163.1 mm (163.9 in)

4062.9 mm (160.0 in)

4236.1 mm (166.8 in) 4148.8 mm (163.3 in) N/A

4135.9 mm (162.8 in) N/A 4239.9 mm (166.9 in)

5291.3 mm (208.3 in)

5193.9 mm (204.5 in)

5364.2 mm (211.2 in) 5277.4 mm (207.8 in) N/A

5266.9 mm (207.4 in) N/A 5364.0 mm (211.2 in)

5574.6 mm (219.5 in)

5574.6 mm (219.5 in)

5647.6 mm (222.3 in) 5561.6 mm (219.0 in) N/A

5647.6 mm (222.3 in) N/A 5709.5 mm (224.8 in)

6604.2 mm (260.0 in)

6604.2 mm (260.0 in)

6677.2 mm (262.9 in) 6677.2 mm (262.9 in) 6591.2 mm (259.5 in) N/A N/A 6740.3 mm (265.4 in) 1115.3 mm (43.9 in)

9-15

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Description Digging radius from rear axle center line Standard dipper/retracted Extendahoe® Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket K Extendahoe® extended Quick coupler Heavy duty bucket Universal coupler Heavy duty bucket Trenching bucket (straight links) High capacity bucket Stabilizer spread operating position (centers) Flip pad Cast pad Leveling angle Flip pad Cast flip

2WD

4WD

6689.9 mm (163.9 in)

6663.0 mm (160.0 in)

6762.9 mm (166.8 in) 6676.9 mm (163.3 in) N/A

6736.0 mm (162.8 in) N/A 4239.9 mm (166.9 in)

7719.5 mm (208.3 in)

7694.3 mm (204.5 in)

7792.5 mm (211.2 in) 7706.5 mm (207.8 in) N/A

7767.3 mm (207.4 in) N/A 7855.4 mm (211.2 in)

2865.0 mm (112.8 in) 2967.5 mm (116.8 in)

2813.1 mm (110.8 in) 2919.4 mm (114.9 in) 12° 13°

9-16

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Lift capacity Standard dipper

RAIL17TLB0066GA

2

NOTE: Standard dipper with 610 mm (24 in) trenching bucket less coupler; nominal system pressure at 231 bar (3350 psi).

NOTE: Lift capacities are to be reduced by 79 kg (175 lb) when the 610 mm (24 in) Heavy Duty (HD) universal bucket, coupler, and links are used in place of the 610 mm (24 in) trenching bucket and links.

9-17

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Standard dipper Boom lift + 4.3 m (14 ft) + 3.7 m (12 ft) + 3.0 m (10 ft) + 2.4 m (8 ft) + 1.8 m (6 ft) + 1.2 m (4 ft) + 0.6 m (2 ft) Ground level - 0.6 m (2 ft) - 1.2 m (4 ft) - 1.8 m (6 ft) - 2.4 m (8 ft) - 3.0 m (10 ft) Dipper lift Boom at 65° + 3.7 m (12 ft) + 3.0 m (10 ft) + 2.4 m (8 ft) + 1.8 m (6 ft) + 1.2 m (4 ft)

1121 kg (2472 lb) 1296 kg (2857 lb) 1345 kg (2966 lb) 1353 kg (2983 lb) 1344 kg (2963 lb) 1329 kg (2929 lb) 1312 kg (2892 lb) 1297 kg (2858 lb) 1285 kg (2834 lb) 1282 kg (2827 lb) 1294 kg (2853 lb) 1338 kg (2949 lb) 1506 kg (3319 lb)

1970 kg 1827 kg 1865 kg 2070 kg 2449 kg

(4343 lb) (4027 lb) (4112 lb) (4563 lb) (5398 lb)

9-18

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Extendahoe® (retracted)

RAIL17TLB0066GA

3

NOTE: Extendahoe® (retracted) with 610 mm (24 in) trenching bucket less coupler; nominal system pressure at 231 bar (3350 psi).

NOTE: Lift capacities are to be reduced by 79 kg (175 lb) when the 610 mm (24 in) Heavy Duty (HD) universal bucket, coupler, and links are used in place of the 610 mm (24 in) trenching bucket and links.

9-19

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Extendahoe® - Retracted Boom lift + 4.3 m (14 ft) + 3.7 m (12 ft) + 3.0 m (10 ft) + 2.4 m (8 ft) + 1.8 m (6 ft) + 1.2 m (4 ft) + 0.6 m (2 ft) Ground level - 0.6 m (2 ft) - 1.2 m (4 ft) - 1.8 m (6 ft) - 2.4 m (8 ft) - 3.0 m (10 ft) Dipper lift Boom at 65° + 3.7 m (12 ft) + 3.0 m (10 ft) + 2.4 m (8 ft) + 1.8 m (6 ft) + 1.2 m (4 ft)

1030 kg (2271 lb) 1199 kg (2644 lb) 1246 kg (2748 lb) 1252 kg (2761 lb) 1242 kg (2739 lb) 1225 kg (2701 lb) 1207 kg (2662 lb) 1191 kg (2625 lb) 1178 kg (2598 lb) 1174 kg (2588 lb) 1183 kg (2609 lb) 1224 kg (2698 lb) 1385 kg (3052 lb)

1877 kg 1735 kg 1774 kg 1976 kg 2348 kg

(4139 lb) (3826 lb) (3910 lb) (4357 lb) (5177 lb)

9-20

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Extendahoe® (extended)

RAIL17TLB0066GA

4

NOTE: Extendahoe® (extended) with 610 mm (24 in) trenching bucket less coupler; nominal system pressure at 231 bar (3350 psi).

NOTE: Lift capacities are to be reduced by 79 kg (175 lb) when the 610 mm (24 in) Heavy Duty (HD) universal bucket, coupler, and links are used in place of the 610 mm (24 in) trenching bucket and links.

9-21

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Extendahoe® - Extended Boom lift + 4.9 m (16 ft) + 4.3 m (14 ft) + 3.7 m (12 ft) + 3.0 m (10 ft) + 2.4 m (8 ft) + 1.8 m (6 ft) + 1.2 m (4 ft) + 0.6 m (2 ft) Ground level - 0.6 m (2 ft) - 1.2 m (4 ft) - 1.8 m (6 ft) - 2.4 m (8 ft) - 3.0 m (10 ft) - 3.7 m (12 ft) - 4.3 m (14 ft) Dipper lift Boom at 65° + 4.3 m (14 ft) + 3.7 m (12 ft) + 3.0 m (10 ft) + 2.4 m (8 ft) + 1.8 m (6 ft) + 1.2 m (4 ft) + 0.6 m (2 ft)

768 kg (1693 lb) 897 kg (1979 lb) 964 kg (2124 lb) 985 kg (2172 lb) 984 kg (2169 lb) 985 kg (2173 lb) 982 kg (2165 lb) 977 kg (2153 lb) 977 kg (2153 lb) 973 kg (2145 lb) 972 kg (2143 lb) 977 kg (2154 lb) 993 kg (2189 lb) 1030 kg (2270 lb) 1102 kg (2429 lb) 1413 kg (3115 lb)

1431 kg 1352 kg 1281 kg 1295 kg 1365 kg 1337 kg 1581 kg

(3154 lb) (2981 lb) (2823 lb) (2855 lb) (3010 lb) (2948 lb) (3486 lb)

Backhoe breakout force Description Digging force, bucket cylinder (SAE rated 3350 psi HD bucket Quick coupler Universal coupler Trenching bucket (straight links) Digging force, dipper cylinder (SAE rated 3350 psi Standard dipper/Extendahoe® retracted HD bucket Quick coupler Universal coupler Trenching bucket (straight links) Extendahoe® extended HD bucket Quick coupler Universal coupler Trenching bucket (straight links)

Force

5123 daN (11517 lbf) 4867 daN (10941 lbf) 5459 daN (12272 lbf)

2985 daN (6710 lbf) 2910 daN (6541 lbf) 2930 daN (6586 lbf)

2177 daN (4895 lbf) 2137 daN (4804 lbf) 2140 daN (4811 lbf)

9-22

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Noise levels Sound levels with engine at 2200 RPM. Exterior Interior

</= 78 dB(A) </= 77 dB(A) w/ROPS canopy </= 72 dB(A) w/cab

9-23

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Torque Use the torques in this chart when special torques are not given. These torques apply to fasteners with both UNC and UNF threads as received from suppliers dry, or when lubricated with engine oil. Not applicable if special graphite lubricants, Molydisulfide greases, or other extreme pressure lubricants are used.

Decimal hardware Grade 5 bolts, nuts, and studs Nm

Size

12 – 15 Nm 23 – 28 Nm 48 – 57 Nm 73 – 87 Nm 109 – 130 Nm 149 – 179 Nm 203 – 244 Nm 366 – 439 Nm 542 – 651 Nm 787 – 944 Nm 1085 – 1193 Nm 1519 – 1681 Nm 1980 – 2278 Nm 2631 – 2983 Nm Markings for Grade 5 hardware

1/4 in 5/16 in 3/8 in 7/16 in 1/2 in 9/16 in 5/8 in 3/4 in 7/8 in 1 in 1-1/8 in 1-1/4 in 1-3/8 in 1-1/2 in

lb in/lb ft 108 – 132 lb in 204 – 252 lb in 420 – 504 lb in 54 – 64 lb ft 80 – 96 lb ft 110 – 132 lb ft 150 – 180 lb ft 270 – 324 lb ft 400 – 480 lb ft 580 – 696 lb ft 800 – 880 lb ft 1120 – 1240 lb ft 1460 – 1680 lb ft 1940 – 2200 lb ft

Grade 8 bolts, nuts, and studs Size 1/4 in 5/16 in 3/8 in 7/16 in 1/2 in 9/16 in 5/8 in 3/4 in 7/8 in 1 in 1-1/8 in 1-1/4 in 1-3/8 in 1-1/2 in

Nm 16 – 20 Nm 33 – 39 Nm 61 – 73 Nm 95 – 114 Nm 149 – 179 Nm 217 – 260 Nm 298 – 358 Nm 515 – 618 Nm 814 – 976 Nm 1220 – 1465 Nm 1736 – 1953 Nm 2468 – 2712 Nm 3227 – 3688 Nm 4285 – 4827 Nm Markings for Grade 8 hardware

NOTE: Use thick nuts with Grade 8 bolts.

9-24

lb in/lb ft 144 – 180 lb in 288 – 348 lb in 540 – 648 lb in 70 – 84 lb ft 110 – 132 lb ft 160 – 192 lb ft 220 – 264 lb ft 380 – 456 lb ft 600 – 720 lb ft 900 – 1080 lb ft 1280 – 1440 lb ft 1820 – 2000 lb ft 2380 – 2720 lb ft 3160 – 3560 lb ft

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Metric hardware Grade 8.8 bolts, nuts, and studs Size 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 20 mm 24 mm 30 mm 36 mm

Nm 3 – 4 Nm 7 – 8 Nm 11 – 12 Nm 26 – 31 Nm 52 – 61 Nm 90 – 107 Nm 144 – 172 Nm 217 – 271 Nm 434 – 515 Nm 675 – 815 Nm 1250 – 1500 Nm 2175 – 2600 Nm Markings for Grade 8.8 hardware

lb in/lb ft 24 – 36 lb in 60 – 72 lb in 96 – 108 lb in 228 – 276 lb in 456 – 540 lb in 66 – 79 lb ft 106 – 127 lb ft 160 – 200 lb ft 320 – 380 lb ft 500 – 600 lb ft 920 – 1100 lb ft 1600 – 1950 lb ft

Nm 4 – 5 Nm 9 – 11 Nm 15 – 18 Nm 37 – 43 Nm 73 – 87 Nm 125 – 150 Nm 200 – 245 Nm 310 – 380 Nm 610 – 730 Nm 1050 – 1275 Nm 2000 – 2400 Nm 3500 – 4200 Nm Markings for Grade 10.9 hardware

lb in/lb ft 36 – 48 lb in 84 – 96 lb in 132 – 156 lb in 324 – 384 lb in 54 – 64 lb ft 93 – 112 lb ft 149 – 179 lb ft 230 – 280 lb ft 450 – 540 lb ft 780 – 940 lb ft 1470 – 1770 lb ft 2580 – 3090 lb ft

Grade 10.9 bolts, nuts and studs Size 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm 16 mm 20 mm 24 mm 30 mm 36 mm

Grade 12.9 bolts, nuts, and studs Nm Size lb in/lb ft Typically the torque values specified for grade 10.9 hardware can be used satisfactorily on grade 12.9 hardware.

Markings for Grade 12.9 hardware

9-25

9 - SPECIFICATIONS

9-26

10 - ACCESSORIES

10 - ACCESSORIES###_10_### General accessories Cab power connections Two auxiliary power connections are provided on the righthand side console for 12 V equipment.

RCPH10TLB322AAF

1

RCPH10TLB347AAF

2

RCPH10TLB348AAF

3

RCPH10TLB349AAF

4

Coat hook Left-hand B-post.

Garment strap Left-hand B-post.

Internal rear view mirror

10-1

10 - ACCESSORIES

Radio ready package Right-hand B-post. The radio ready package includes the radio mounting box (1), wiring harness, speakers (2), and antenna. The radio is not included.

NOTE: Another speaker is on the left-hand B-post.

RCPH10TLB346AAF

5

RCPH10TLB109AAF

6

RCPH10TLB110AAF

7

Vandal lockup kit NOTE: Machines with canopy only.

The vandal lockup kit secures the right-hand side console.

Example: Storage position

Example: Locked position

10-2

10 - ACCESSORIES

Telematics - Overview with Case SiteWatch™ NOTE: The CASE CONSTRUCTION SiteWatch™ website (www.casesitewatch.com) will not be accessible until the CASE CONSTRUCTION SiteWatch™ subscription for this machine is registered by an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer. Contact an authorized CASE CONSTRUCTION dealer for details.

This machine may be equipped with a Telematics system. This is an asset-monitoring system that combines Internet, cellular, and GPS technologies. A transponder unit is mounted on the equipment that wirelessly communicates with the user interface CASE CONSTRUCTION SiteWatch™ at www.casesitwatch.com. Using cellular technology, the transponder can send equipment data, including location, on/off status, usage and production metrics, diagnostic data, movement alarms, unauthorized usage and monitor machine maintenance to the user interface CASE CONSTRUCTION SiteWatch™. The system will help cut costs and keep accurate records.

10-3

10 - ACCESSORIES

10-4

Index ###_Index_###

4 4-in-1 bucket pivots and grease fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69 A Advanced Instrument Cluster (AIC) . . . . . . . . . . .

Air-conditioning compressor drive belt . . . . . . . . . .

Air-conditioning compressor seals . . . . . . . . . . .

Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) – Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed thresholds . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . 3-47 7-46, 7-81 . . . 7-87 . . . 4-17 . . . 6-10

B Backhoe/Extendahoe® specifications and lifting capacities .

Backhoe controls - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Backhoe controls - Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Backhoe danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Backhoe stowed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Backhoe swing control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery access and care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Battery fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before operating the backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bi-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow . . . .

Bleed air from the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Booster battery procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brake Enabled Idle (BEI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bucket level, position, and depth indicators. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . .

9-13 3-35 3-40 6-27 6-32 7-78 6-26 7-80 7-10 7-108 6-34 4-12 4-2 7-128 7-115 4-7 6-5 6-18

Cab intake filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cab windshield and windows - Open/Close . . .

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changing backhoe attachments . . . . . . . .

Changing loader attachments . . . . . . . . .

Cold temperature operation . . . . . . . . . .

Comfort Steer™ (if equipped) . . . . . . . . .

Component Identification . . . . . . . . . . .

Console controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Coolant reservoir (deaeration reservoir) fluid level .

Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

. 7-106 . . 3-24 7-13, 9-1 . . 6-40 . . 6-23 . . 4-4 . . 6-13 . . 1-9 3-18, 3-33 . . . 7-15 . . . 7-66 . . 7-110

Detent position for 4-in-1 bucket control switch Diagnostic/Service tool port . . . . . . . .

Differential lock system . . . . . . . . . .

Disable parking brake . . . . . . . . . . .

Display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . .

Display screen messages . . . . . . . . .

Dome lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driving and flood lamps . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. 6-14 . 7-34 . 4-15 7-126 . 6-2 . 8-2 7-144 . 3-46 7-140

E Ecology and the environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . .

Emissions overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine Crankcase Ventilation (CCV) Filter . . . .

Engine hourmeter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Extendahoe® lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Extendahoe® wear pad - adjustment and greasing Extendahoe control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . 1-3 . . . 1-11 . . . 9-3 7-41, 7-105 . . 7-109 . . . 7-3 . . . 7-92 . . . 7-48 . . . 7-16 . . . 4-1 . . . 6-29 . . . 7-94 . . . 7-78

Fan belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Filling the backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity . .

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) control . . . . . . . . .

Front axle breather valve - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD).

Front axle drive shaft - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . .

Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . . . .

Front axle fluid level - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . .

Front axle grease fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front console - Left-hand switch panel. . . . . . .

Front console - Right-hand switch panel . . . . . .

Front fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel system water separator . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuse, relay, and diode icon definitions . . . . . . .

Fuses and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . 7-123 . . . 6-36 . . . 7-7 . . . 6-1 . . . 4-14 . . . 7-83 . . . 7-83 7-82, 7-100 . . . 7-62 . . . 7-68 . . . 3-7 . . . 3-9 . . 7-114 7-74, 7-90 7-44, 7-64 . . . 7-85 . . . 7-27 . . . 7-22

Gear selector . . . . . . . . . .

General accessories . . . . . . .

General safety before you service. .

General specification - Biodiesel fuels General specification - Diesel fuel .

Grille screen and radiator area . . .

. . . . . .

G . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

Hand signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heater coolant shutoff valve . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls .

Hood latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hot temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic diagnostic test ports . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic fluid and filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic pump. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic reservoir breather . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic reservoir fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic system - pressure release. . . . . . . . .

H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

F

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . .

3-12 10-1 7-2 7-20 7-19 7-122

. . 2-19 . . 7-38 . . 3-21 . . 7-6 . . 4-6 . . 7-35 7-43, 7-70 . . 7-97 . 7-116 . . 7-99 . . 7-67 . . 9-6 . 7-117

I Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-2

J Job layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

L Lifting with the backhoe . . . . . . . . . .

Lifting with the loader . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader, backhoe, Extendahoe grease fittings .

Loader digging force . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader functions . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Loader hydraulic coupler lock pins . . . . .

Loader lift capacities . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

6-38 6-23 7-50 6-17 3-14 7-67 9-12

Machine access . . . . . . . .

Machine direction . . . . . . . .

Machine orientation . . . . . . .

Machine overall dimensions . . .

Machine storage . . . . . . . .

Maintenance chart . . . . . . .

Maximum throttle/Cold start idle .

Menu screen display . . . . . .

Moving the machine while digging

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . .

3-1 4-9 1-8 9-8 7-133 7-39 6-3 3-52 6-37

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . .

N Noise levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23 Normal engine starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Note to the owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Oil life reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator's manual storage on the machine.

Operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operator seat . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

O . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . 6-8 . . . 1-7 7-79, 7-120 . . . 3-3 . . . 7-17

Parking brake . . . . . . . .

Pedal controls . . . . . . . .

Personal safety . . . . . . . .

Pilot control accumulator. . . .

Powertrain . . . . . . . . . .

Preparation for use after storage Product identification . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

P . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

7-77, 7-107 . . . 3-13 6-11, 6-26 . . 7-125 . . . 9-4 . . 7-134 . . . 1-4

Radio (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . .

Read the operator's manual . . . . . . . .

Rear axle breather . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle drive shaft . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear axle fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . .

Return to dig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ride control accumulator . . . . . . . . .

Ride Control™ - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) only Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) . . .

Run in period of a new machine . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety rules and signal word definitions . . . . .

Safety rules - California Proposition 65 Warning .

Safety rules - Ductile iron . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety rules - Fuel handling precautions . . . . .

Safety rules - Specific precautions to this machine Safety rules - Utility precautions . . . . . . . .

Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Seat switch alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

. . 3-46 . . 1-7 . . 7-84 . . 7-84 . 7-102 7-63, 7-84 . . 6-21 . 7-125 . . 4-16 . . 7-88 . . 4-1

. . . . . . . .

2-2, 7-1 . 2-1 . 2-11 . 2-17 . 2-13 . 2-14 . 2-12 . 2-23 . 8-1

Service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Severe Cold Weather Package (SCWP) option .

Shutting down the engine . . . . . . . . . .

Stabilizer pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

STC® connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stop, tail, flasher, and turn signal lamps - cab. .

Stop, tail, flasher, and turn signal lamps - canopy Support strut for loader lift arm . . . . . . . .

Swing cylinder area . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

Telematics - Overview with Case SiteWatch™ Throttle sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tire pressure and condition . . . . . . . .

Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission filter . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission fluid and filter . . . . . . . .

Transmission fluid level . . . . . . . . . .

Transmission gears . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transporting on a trailer . . . . . . . . . .

Traveling on a hill . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Travel speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . 7-76 . . 7-12 . . 4-8 . . 6-30 . . 7-36 . . 3-10 . 7-135 . 7-138 2-15, 7-4 . 7-113 . . 6-28

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . 10-3 . . 6-7 . 7-119 . . 7-59 . . 9-24 . . 5-4 . . 7-72 . 7-103 7-60, 7-86 . . 4-10 . . 5-1 . . 4-13 . . 9-7

T . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .

U Uni-directional auxiliary hydraulic pressure and flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130 Uniform braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 W Welding on the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Wheel nut and bolt torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47

Dealer’s stamp

CNH Industrial America LLC reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold.

Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known at time of publication, but are subject to change without notice.

Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product, please consult your Case dealer.

© 2017 CNH Industrial America LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Case is a trademark registered in the United States and many other countries, owned or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates.

Any trademarks referred to herein, in association with goods and/or services of companies, other than owned by or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates, are the property of those respective companies.